gbm solutions catalogue 2014

324

Click here to load reader

Upload: gbm-solutions

Post on 06-Apr-2016

281 views

Category:

Documents


14 download

DESCRIPTION

The catalogue you need for specifying door sets, architectural ironmongery, bathroom accessories and everything in between.

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

THE CATALOGUEGBM SOLUTION - YOUR TOTAL SOLUTION SPECIFIER WITHIN DOOR SETS, ARCHITECTURAL IRONMONGERY, BATHROOM ACCESSORY AND INTEGRAL PRODUCTS.

Page 2: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

Martin Meesenburg Owner of gb Meesenburg OHG andChairman of GBM Solutions

The need for supplying added value to the parties in the building process have grown significantly over the past few years.

With a wide range of MANUFACTURERs establishing themselves directly in the market the customers are demanding more independent parties that can add re-liable value to the project on a broad spectrum of products. At the same time the need for having a “full service” partner that will take responsibility - not only specifying and delivering the products - but also carry out installation and after service is in high demand.

gb meesenburg has been in the business for more than 250 years and know exact-ly what our partners and customers are looking for in a supplier - we care about YOUR business and take pride in delivering beyond what our customers expect from us, which has made us a preferred partner in the industry.”

Page 3: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

2

1

3

4

5

INTRODUCTION

DOORS

IRONMONGERY

BATHROOM

INTEGRAL PRODUCTS

6GENERAL INFORMATION

Page 4: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CONTENTS

1 4 Introduction

6 Who we are 8 What we do 10 Solutions 12 Suppliers 14 Materiales

217 Door sets

18 Door supplier20 Doors21 Interior doors22 Fire & security doors

3 23 Ironmongery

25 Ironmongery suppliers 29 Door handels 57 Escutcheons 61 Hinges 75 Pull handels 87 Lock cases 99 Cylinders117 Access control147 Door closers177 Emergency hardware185 Accessories205 Window handels211 Sliding gear221 Seals

rnit re fittins

4271 Bathroom

273 Suppliers275 Barrier Free283 Dispensers & Bins295 Accessories

29

6

57

9975

275

231

Page 5: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

5309 Integral products

310 Integral supplier312 Products

6317 General information

320

GBM ol tions ces General Terms & Conditions

87

64

283

221

147

177

117

Page 6: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 7: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

1 INTRODUCTION

6 WHO WE ARE8 WHAT WE DO10 SOLUTIONS12 SUPPLIERS14 MATERIALS

Page 8: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

250 YEARS OF COMPANY HISTORY

GBM Solutions is part of the gb meesenburg OHG group which can already look back on over 250 years of company history. The company was founded in Flensburg, Germany in 1758, making it one of the oldest trading companies in northern Germany. We are still a family owned and run busi-ness and is no one o the ar et leaders ithin o r field.

A very varied range of products, a high service level, fair rices indi id al enefit oc sed care es eciall thro h

the regional branches - and an extensive range of servic-es are the er or ance characteristics that define s. r core values have brought us a long way and we are today e lo in ore than a . eo le in re ional o ces in more than 10 countries, which places us among the biggest companies in our industry in Europe.

THE BUSINESS

Our sole focus is within the building industry. We have made a conscious choice not to spread our business, but to focus on developing and improving the core business that we know best. To support our continued growth we have over the years expanded our business and are now present in more than 10 countries from Germany to Dubai and into China.

THE INTERNATIONAL APPROCH

To service our growing number of international customers and projects we have established GBM Solutions, a subsid-iary to gb meesenburg OHG. The primary function of GBM Solutions is to service our international network of cus-to ers first o all ith s ecification ser ices o door in-dow and bathroom architectural ironmongery - secondly to source and supply products from our network of suppliers in Europe through our distribution centre in Germany.

GBM Solutions is managed by a team of people that have an ears o e erience ith s ecification roc re ent

and installation of well know European brands, in Europe, Middle East and Asia. They are therefore well equipped to service our customers in their local markets and provide onsite service whenever needed.

Despite our international orientation and continued growth, we are still a medium-sized family business that combines its traditional values with innovative management. One of our key principles is to rely on long-term trust instead of short ter s ccesses so ethin that is re ected in the er-sonal relationships we have with all our suppliers, customers and sta . his is the nda ental attit de that distin ish s from anonymous corporations!

GB MEESENBURG OHG – THE GROUP

WHO WE ARE

6

Page 9: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

DOOR, FRAME, IRONMONGERY AND BATH-ROOM SPECIFICATIONS MADE EASY

At GBM Solutions it is our core business to make your door, frame, ironmongery and bathroom solution easy. We have an in-depth knowledge of the many products and brands available on the market, and not least how to combine them with the many security and local standard requirements. From our knowledge, know-how and understanding of prod-ucts and the local market to your requirements, we will tailor a s ecific rod ct ac a e st ri ht or o r ro ect.

With our dedicated service and installation partners we not only specify and supply the correct products for your pro-ects e o er dedicated onsite installation and fit o t s -pervised by our local and professionally European trained Managers.

r door ra e iron on er and athroo fit o t rod-ucts come only from quality accredited suppliers with the re ired certification.

In short, you need only one partner - GBM Solutions to go ro start to finish in o r ro ect. e ill s eci roc re

supply and install all the products you need within our sector for your project.

WHATEVER, WHENEVER AND WHEREVER YOU NEED IT

When partnering with GBM Solutions you and your projects ill e in sa e hands. he enefits incl de

• 250 years of history providing quality products andservice to our customers

• Local presence in Europe. Middle East and Asia.• One of the largest independent suppliers of Architectural

Ironmongery and Bathroom Fittings in Europe• echnical s ort e ore d rin and a ter s ecification• A comprehensive range of European and US suppliers• Joint delivery of all related building elements and prod-

ucts• A total solution partner that takes full responsibility of

the s ecification roc re ent and installation rocessro start to finish

• A skilled, reliable and dedicated team of employees tosupport you

GLOBAL PRESENCE - LOCAL AWARENESS

Our organization in support of your projects is a combination o s illed and e erienced s ecification and roc re entmanagers that, from our headquarters in Denmark, coordi-nate the s ecification and s l o rod cts.

GBM SOLUTIONS

Page 10: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

WHAT WE DO

RESIDENTIALPrivately held or a public building faces the same challenges when we speak of housing, as ever higher demands are set to our living standards and the buildings we live in. We understand what it takes to specify a complete villa or condominium from entrance door and frame, to residential and individual ironmongery, personal security in cylinders all the way to the modern bathroom. We also work with companies specializing in custom door solu-tions or sa et s o e and fire as ell as steel ara e doors. Our professional team of installers and project managers has done many villa and residential projects and are therefore read to assist all the a ro s ecification to installation.

OFFICEces contain sensiti e in or ation and al a le in or a-

tion. At the same time, hundreds of people has to be grant-ed access to various areas of the building throughout the da . his t e hasis on the sec rit s ste and o r o ce solution would include master key and access control sys-tems. Here we, among other things consider special high security areas and exit and escape routes, as they should not compromise the security. Signage and railing systems are o ten also art o the o ce se ent.For all types of buildings, it is applicable that we tailor a rod ct o erin co risin a co rehensi e door ro ra

that fits the alit re ired nction and esthetics o the building project. We have skilled suppliers and a technical sta e erienced in the s ecification o e actl o r t e o building.

OUR WORK SEGMENTSFIVE MAIN SEGMENTSIn GBM we operate within 5 main construction segments

HEALTHCAREWithin the healthcare segment, we cover all sub segments from the very large hospital, to pharmacies,¨dental clinics and special care units. A healthcare solution could include technical doors, special products with antimicrobial coat-ing, ironmongery suitable for very heavy usage, anti-liga-ture hardware, a special security package that considers the security of multiple access routes and the need to accom-modate permeability for visitors and not least the need for special care products.

HIGH TRAFFIChe characteristics o the hi h tra c is a constant o o

many people and the main challenge is often to install prod-ucts that can accommodate the constant pressure.n the hi h tra c area e al a s anal e the c cles need-

ed for optimal servicing of the installed products. This could incl de hi h tra c ashroo s ste s ith the ost o ti al combination of modules, easy access, easy maintenance and h iene as cost and e ecti eness al a s is at the essence.

LEISURE/HOSPITALITYhe eis re os italit se ents co ers e er thin ro

major hotels, ice skating arenas, major stadiums to public swimming pools. For buildings within the leisure segment,

e find sol tions that are s ita le or et en iron ents andor heavy usage. Partition walls that can divide a gym area or roo into s aller sa le s ort co rts areas are re entl part of the leisure segment.

8

Page 11: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

OUR PRODUCT GROUPS

or each o o r � e ain or se ents e o er o r ain product groups.• oors ra es iron on er athroo and inte ral

products.

Within each product group, we have specialized our product o erin s in o r cate ories.

In GBM Solutions, we work closely together with clients, architects, engineers and developers to tailor a solution of doors, ironmongery, bathroom and integral products that exactly suit not only the requirement for design and function but also the desired budget. We have a team of excellent procurement managers, experienced in sourcingthe best quality, design and function at the right price.

DOORS/FRAMES• Wood• Glass• Steel• Technical

IRONMONGERY• Closing and opening• Access• Levers and pulls• Accessories

BATHROOM• Furniture and ceramics• Fittings• Care• Accessories

INTEGRAL PRODUCTS• Signs• andrail al strade• Partition walls• Furniture

OUR PRICE STRUCTURE

For many projects, we do not just work within one price str ct re t o er a co ination o rod cts to s ite the individual building and budget. The common combination is often to have a more expensive product in front of house and a less expensive product in the back of the house, whether it is ironmongery, doors, signage, etc.

Page 12: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

SOLUTIONS

THE CORE IN OUR BUSINESS

SPECIFICATIONS

WE MAKE IT EASYt ol tion e o er to do o r s ecifications or o .e no that doin s ecifications toda can e er ti e

consuming and resource-intensive - and as the complexity of legislation, local laws and demands and the tremendous selections o rod cts are intensified it does not see to lessen in the future.

ert i artial ad ice is the cornerstone in o r s ecifica-tion service. At GBM, we have the ability, the expertise and the necessar reso rces to handle an s ecification o a ha e. e ill ro ide a ll ser ice s ecification here e specify all of your product needs according to architect plot

or chart oo and site ins ection. e a e o r s ecifica-tions accordin to local re ire ents and each s ecification contains the following information;• o lete s ecification te t accordin to or

standard• ard are s ecification s • Product fact sheet for each product• Quote including price per door set and expected delivery

time• ertificates and standards

This means you will get the information you require quickly and clearly. Moreover, with our proud reputation for knowl-edgeable and unbiased service, you will get exactly the right products for you and your project.

OUR SERVICE CONCEPThe core o ol tions is o r first class hi h end ser ice

concept.

e can o er o r assistance in the entire rocess o s ec-ifying, procuring, installing and doing service and after sales. With our in-depth knowledge of the many products and brands available on the market and not the least, the expertise on how to combine them with the many security and standard re ire ents e are a le to tailor a s ecific product package just right for your project.

Furthermore, we pride ourselves of being able to solve any product related issue you may have. With our experienced and talented sta and o r lar e s lier set e are a le to find a sol tion to an rod ct or s l related iss e and to deliver you exactly the product you need.

10

Page 13: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

PROCUREMENT

WE GO THAT EXTRA MILE ol tions o er o o r ro o nd ser ice and nder-

standing of the solutions needed to provide an excellent re-sult in your project. This is why we have chosen procure-ment as our second service concept. With procurement we o e ond st in and sellin a rod ct e o er o

a service, where selling a product is only a part of it. With an in depth and local knowledge of the customers wishes for product brand, application and function, we tailor a package

ith s ecification rod ct and s l chain in ti e deli er . ith o r tailor ade rod ct o erin e also ha e the a il-

ity to deliver you bespoken products request. In any given project there is always that unique product that makes the project special – and this is where we go the extra mile – we will deliver just what you need, where you need it and when you need it.

INSTALLATION

TAKE TIME AND TROUBLE OUT OF THE INSTALLA-TION PROCESSased on o r s ecifications and rod cts deli ered ol tion ill o er a ll installation o ra es doors door

hard are and interior fittin s. e o er installation ser ices from project to project and in all markets.

e o er an e ert installation ser ice tailored to o r s ecific needs. Our proven installation methodology enables con-sistent, high quality installations that provide the founda-tion for product reliability, availability and serviceability. Cost e ecti e sol tions lets o ta e ad anta e on o r installa

tion e ertise hile o r sta sta s oc sed on hat the know best.

With our knowledge of the local market, the ironmongery and door package - we are able to install all products with o r dedicated e cient and alified artners or in ndersupervision from our European Management.

SERVICE/AFTER SALES

END TO ENDhen e ha e done installation e ill also o er o a

service agreement if you wish so.The service agreement will include, change of faulty pro-ducts, maintenance, service and improvements of installa-tions. With this service you can get a full service concept from GBM Solutions. We have several service contracts to choose from and based on the project and your demands the contract will be tailored to your needs. The most common service intervals are men-tioned below and the choice of interval is for you to choose;• Monthly service• Quarterly service• Yearly service• By order

We want to make your life as easy as possible and after sales is a natural part of our service concepts. In all delivered projects there is need for replacements or added products due to refurbishment or remodeling. We will handle this for you – either as a part of your service contract or through our local o ces.

Page 14: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

SUPPLIERS

THE SUPPLIERS

t ol tions e o er a orld o o ort nities hen it co es to findin the ro er rod ct or o r door indo or bathroom solution. We represent some of the best brands in Europe within architectural ironmongery solutions, and with our extensive product knowledge we are always able to ad-vise on which products suits your project the best.

Through our distribution center in Germany we can supply you products from the vast gb Meesenburg OHG supplier network. Our main suppliers are among the leaders in their field in ro e. ll or ith the o ti al desi n the er ect shape and the proper functioning and well-documented solu-tions to create the perfect product.

Through a well-established cooperation we always try to be one ste ahead hich in the end al a s enefits o r c s-tomers.

On the following pages we will show you a range of products from our trusted and reliable main supplier network. We do ho e er o a lon a to llfill o r c sto ers needs and i o need a rod ct t don t see to find it in o r cata-lo e o sho ld contact o r local ol tions o ce as we pride ourselves with being your Total Solution Supplier.

WE WORK WITH THE BEST!

12

Page 15: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

BLAUGELB - THE GB MEESENBURG HOUSEBRAND

Our brand blaugelb® is the exclusive trademark of thegb Meesenburg group.

e o er hi h alit randed rod cts s ita le or oth crafting and industrial companies. The products are available in a ran e o di erent finishes and in an co inations which makes the blaugelb® brand very versatile.

The blaugelb® products are designed for heavy use and is there ore also s ita le or hi h tra c areas. he rod cts include every imaginable product for the door and window such as levers, locks, pull handles, hinges etc. and is con-stantly being developed and new products added.

Page 16: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

MATERIALS

MATERIALS

STAINLESS STEEL

The majority of products supplied by GBM Solutions are MANUFACTURERd in stainless steel grade AISI 304 and 316. Stainless steel is outstanding in its suitability for door and

indo fittin s as its s r ace is e tre el resistant to corro-sion. Even when roughly treated it scarcely shows traces of dents and scratches, it shows little wear even in continuous use and above all, it requires very little care. An invisible passive layer forms on its surface, which is even supposed to have anti-bacterial properties.

All this ensures the products are ideal for our modern build-in s. he e i le ran e o rod cts can e sed an here - indoor as well as outdoor, for houses and buildings, and combined in innumerable ways.

ALUMINIUM

Aluminium has always been used as a high-tech material when lightweight and durability are required. The natural colour of aluminium is silver-like - and like stainless steel, it fits er ell into o r odern ildin s.

In daily use, aluminium surfaces can be worn or scratched by harder materials. This “damage” to the aluminium sur-face may impair the aesthetic of the impression, but has no e ect on the rod cts nction. an sers e en li e the patina resulting from daily use.

BRASS

Brass is a warm glowing material and has been on the mar-et or an ears. rass co es in an di erent ariations

and alloys which all give the individual products their own characteristics. When not treated with a varnish or waxed real brass will corrode over time giving it a brown to grey-green patina.

The main part of the brass products we supply have all been varnished to prevent the natural patina from occurring. This means the brass products does not have to be polished or cleaned on a weekly basis - and thereby gives you the possi-ilit o sin rass e en in hi h tra c areas.

PVD COATING

PVD is the abbreviation of Physical Vapor Deposition. It is a process carried out in high vacuum at temperatures between 150 and 500 °C.

coatin s enefits are an . can ro ide a li eti e of protection from daily cleaning, which adds durability and value to your product. Traditional electroplating of brass, nic el and old finishes re ire a clear coat that de rade with time and can easily tarnish or corrode. PVD requires no clear top coats that fade or dull. It is four times harder than chrome which makes it corrosion and scratch resistant.GBM Solutions supply products in standard brass, antique brass and bronze with PVD coating, however more than a 1.000 colour variations are possible.

14

Page 17: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FINISHES

Satin stainlees steel - SSS Polished stainlees steel - PSS

Brass - BR Antique brass - AB

Bronze - BO

FINISHES.

Many of our products are available in both satin stainless steel and polished stainless steel or in the silver-like alumin-i finish that ro s ore and ore o lar. or the classic look, the brass products are always in demand and with the di erent finishes in either rass olished rass or anti e loo e arantee e are a le to find the ri ht sol tion or you. In addition, we also have several products in bronze for the more reddish, warm glow.

o e o o r rod cts are a aila le in e en ore finishes than we have in our catalogue - please feel free to ask if you re ire a s ecific finish t cannot find it here.

In order for you to easily detect which product is available in hich finish e ha e incl ded the aterial and finish in the

fact box on each product page.

Aluminium - AL Polished brass - PB

Page 18: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 19: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

18 SUPPLIER 20 DOORS21 INTERIOR DOORS22 FIRE & SECURITY DOORS

2 DOOR SETS

Page 20: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

VICAIMA

As a total solution supplier, we are of course also able to supply wooden doors and frames for your projects. As we pride ourselves with working only with the best - in order to be able to supply the best possible product to our customers - we are happy to introduce you to one of Europe’s lead-ing suppliers of wooden doors. Whether you need a classic standard wooden door or a high-tech state of the art hotel entrance door Vicaima is the place to go.

Vicaima was founded in 1959 and are based in Portugal with se eral ranches in di erent co ntries aro nd the orld. Vicaima is currently one of the leading European MANUFAC-TURERs of interior doors with a work force exceeding 1.100 employee and a daily capacity of more than 6.000 doors. The focus for Vicaima has always been on excellent customer service and they take great pride in meeting and exceeding the needs of its customers.

The company is able to bring together knowledge of ad-vanced technologies to provide a wide range of tested and certified rod cts li e fire doors aco stic or sec rit doors suitable in numerous applications. In addition, the fully e i ed c sto fit center ena le the to c sto i e doors to particular needs, including glazing, grooving and many other options.

THE SUPPLIER

ONLY THE BEST WILL DO

18

Page 21: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

DOORS

Page 22: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

ith an a ealin aesthetic the di erent lines ro icai a creates odern and conte orar interiors. he se o di er-ent materials and a wide range of techniques create a mix of beautiful, high range doors for every possible project where the attention of detail is at the essence.

Furthermore, Vicaima presents a wide range of multifunction technical rod cts hich ass re s ecific er or ances on fire rating, acoustics and security. Under the portaro® Concept, these certified rod cts can ass e se eral desi ns or e en resent e cl si e sol tions or di erent ro ects li e hotels

o ces or ho sin .

he er ect alance is al a s i ortant and icai as o er o elements for the same environment ensures the harmony of the decor. Doors, closets, paneling and skirting are some of the complementary options from Vicaima.

DOORS

20

Page 23: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CLASSICTraditional styling and elegant design inspire the classic range. The embodiment of period charm, these doors com-bine the beauty of natural wood veneers with the character-istic raised and fielded anels or eo etric sha es. aila le in an appealing selection of NATURDOR® real ood finishes and attractive glazing designs. Classic doors are a true ex-pression of elegance that will capture your imagination.

rther ore ther choice o door finishes ena le o to select stock products that not only match your budget, but also provide new ideas and new solutions!

THE RANGES

The Vicaima interior door range provides real choice, both in ter s o desi n and er or ance i in o si nificant alternatives to the limited assortment of products provided by other door MANUFACTURERs.

icai a o er three e interior door ran es

EXCLUSIVEThe exclusive range is the pinnacle of modern design in doors with original styling and the imaginative use of care-fully selected veneers and inlays. Exclusive products make a striking statement within new interiors. Blending color shape and texture the exclusive door range will free your imagina-tion enabling you to create truly contemporary design.

ESSENTIALThe essential range represents purity in form and shape to create a odern clean and e ecti e state ent in indoor design. Working from a blank canvas enables creativity to o rish thro h choices o rain direction ace en ra in or

aperture shape. Finish options include NATURDOR® with its crown; quarter cut or straight line; real veneers or ECODOR

ith inno ati e and certified la inated aces re ectin the natural appearance of wood, yet proving consistency of color and grain. Essential doors epitomize pure simplicity.

INTERIOR DOORS

0010

Page 24: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

SECURITY

Conceived for the entrance into homes, the Security Porta-ro® incorporates shielded door and frame, hinges and an-ti intr sion olts and loc sec rit ith fi in oints.lso a aila le ith sec rit fire resistance and aco stic iso-

lation nctions. ertified accordin to the and standards with a noise reduction up to 37dB.

ENTRANCEDoor and frame conceived for internal areas such as entrance to ho es and o ces. oor ith ood stiles and thic reinforced frame with 1mm steel plaque, security hinges and o tion or loc ith or fi in oints.

SBD - SECURED BY DESIGN DOORSSecured by Design multifunction front entrance door system

art and art . ita le door set to rein-force safety, namely in the entrance of apartments.

• oor ra e d sin solid l ood fin-ished as required

• Standard options include security hinges and drop seal.3 point locking lock FD30S and acoustic 29Db Secured

esi n . ested hiltern nternationalFire

• Complies with Part E building regulations concerningsound reduction

• Minimum wall thickness 100mm

aila le

FIRE DOOR 30MIN

Fire resistant FD30(s) passageFire Doors play such a crucial role in public sector buildings, both in terms of saving lives and reducing risk to property and to this end the Vicaima range has been developed to exceed both market and regulatory demands.

• oor set certified as resistant to fire or in tes. ita le door set or a art ents o ces and

three storey houses• Ironmongery options• e reco end allo ance or fittin ith a ll archi-

trave• Optional smoke control FD30s• Minimum wall thickness 95mm

onfi ration tions• Doors with glazing options• Double leaf• Doors with overpanel• Swinging doors• Doors INVERSE (integrated doors and panels)• Unequal pair

FIRE DOOR 60 MIN

• Optional smoke control FD60s• Minimum wall thickness 120mm

FIRE & SECURITY DOORS

0020

22

Page 25: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

25 IRONMONGERY SUPPLIERS29 DOOR HANDLES57 ESCUTCHEONS61 HINGES75 PULLHANDLES87 LOCK CASES99 CYLINDERS117 ACCESS CONTROL147 DOOR CLOSERS177 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT185 ACCESSORIES205 WINDOW HANDLES211 SLIDING GEAR221 SEALS231 FURNITURE FITTINGS

3 IRONMONGERY

Page 26: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 27: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

ONLY THE BEST WILL DO

The ironmongery suppliers we collaborate with are all lead-ers in their res ecti e fields ro door closer to doorsto s - from top to bottom – inside and out – the products are tested certified and a ro ed so that o can e ass red that the rod cts s ecified in o r ro ect is also hat is delivered.

Design, form and looks – all words for the same thing, but nevertheless an important part of any ironmongery product. Our suppliers all have considered every little aspect of their product – from the design to function to installation. Quali-ty products for applications such as locks, emergency exits and access control create innovative solutions within sectors such as hotels, hospitals, airports and public transport.

Whether you are working on a large opera house, a hotel, an airport or a single family home we have the right product and the right solutions for you.

In GBM Solutions, we work closely together with clients, ar-chitects, engineers, developers and our trusted suppliers to tailor a solution of products that exactly suit not only the requirement for design and function but also the desired budget.

We have a powerful network of trusted and reliable suppli-ers that we would like to introduce you to on the following pages.

OUR IRONMONGERY SUPPLIERS

SUPPLIERS

Page 28: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

D LINE is a global supplier of interior concepts with a product portfolio comprising door levers, locks, sani-tary hardware, handrail & signs. The d line series are all designed by the Danish architect and Professor Knud Holscher.

EVVA is an Austrian family business, and is one of the leading European MANUFACTURERs of access solu-tions using both mechanical and electrical systems. We provide integrated total packages to meet the most varied protection requirements.

SIMONSVOSS is the technology leader in the rapidly growing market for digital, battery-operated locking and access control systems. With an installation of more than 10,000 systems around the world they have proved that their vision has already become reality.

GEZE is one of the world’s leading developers and MANUFACTURERs of construction systems for door, window and sa et technolo and ith ore than ears o co an histor o ers a co rehensi e ran e o products including automatic door systems, door technology and glass systems.

SIMONSWERK has been one of the best-known MANUFACTURERs of hinges and hinge systems for some 120 years and stands for high quality requirements, a constant innovative spirit and active customer re-tention.

PLANET drop-down seals has ensured that nothing can pass under the door in more than 70 years. Planet AG has continued the successful business story and has developed new innovative drop down seals, improved production and ensured a timely worldwide delivery.

SAG or the Schulte-Schlagbaum Group - concentrates its production and service activities on highly devel-oped components, systems and solutions for the locking and organization of buildings. They develop and MAN-

s hi h alit rod cts and ser ices in the field o loc and stri in late s ste s or hea d t and functional doors, residential doors, narrow stile doors and gates.

COMIT is an Italian MANUFACTURER of a large selection of ironmongery accessories in steel and brass for both interior and exterior purposes as well as a vast range of special products for glass doors and structures. They produce products of the highest quality, use the best possible materials and make products with that special Italian design label that many companies in Italy are so world famous for.

EXIDOR is a ased en ineerin co an an act rin a co rehensi e hi h s ecification ran e o innovative panic and emergency hardware, door controls and builders ironmongery.

DORMA is the trusted global partner for premium access solutions & services enabling better buildings. ith ears o tradition ehind it the co an o ers holistic sol tions co erin all acets o door o era ili-

t ro hin es closers and oor s rin s to a to atic door s ste s and ti e access control sol tions.

TIGER is an old family business within the sliding hardware business ever since. The large assortment ranges from sliding door gears and sliding gate gears to complete transport systems.

ATHMER has been involved in the production of automatic door seals for more than 55 years. The compa-ny’s successful combination of experience, expertise and quality enables the continuous development and i ro e ent o its rod ct ran e. erin the idest ran e on the ar et th er has the ri ht rod ct orpractically every type of application.

26

Page 29: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

HETTICH is one o the orld s lar est s o rnit re fittin s. er da o er e ers o sta ta e the challen e o de elo in intelli ent technolo or rnit re. a il o ned siness

ettich is at ho e in irchlen ern er an . his is here ideas are orn or rnit re fittin s thast sha e today and tomorrow.

DENI has de elo ed rod ced and distri ted loc s and fittin s or ates doors and indo s indi id al loc sol tions as ell as sta ed and cast arts since . oti ated sta odern achiner and a e i-ble ERP - system guarantee optimum quality at fair prices.

HAGER is committed to being your one source for full line door hardware. They stand alone as one family and one rand. he rod ce and create rod cts that a e a di erence in one co nit at a ti e hile ein ind l o the one lanet e all share. er rod ct that a er o ers is ac ed a ear le ac

of quality, reputation, and excellence.

ASSA ABLOY/EFF EFF is the largest global supplier of intelligent lock and security solutions. One in every 10 lock and security installations worldwide uses their products. Using the latest technologies and tried-and-tested techniques we are constantly developing innovative solutions that improve customers' lives through greater security, safety and convenience.

JUNIE Locking Systems – Innovative by Tradition - has been in the locking business for more than 125 years. ie s loc s and fittin s. lar e standard ro ra as ell as indi id al constr ctions ada t-

ed to a s ecfic ro le is ies ain siness.

TURNSTYLE DESIGNS are established as one of the world's foremost producers of design led architectural hardware. Using classic materials to create contemporary designs, Turnstyle handles can be found on some of the world’s most prestigious projects including private homes, yachts, hotels and restaurants.

iLOQ di ital loc in o ers o easier and ore sec re access ana e ent than echanical loc in ith si nificantl lo er aintenance and li e c cle costs than traditional electro echanical loc in . is the first and the only electronic lock cylinder in the world that self-powers by harvesting electricity from key insertion.

blaugelb® is the exclusive trademark of the gb Meesenburg groups own brand. e o er hi h alit randed rod cts s ita le or oth cra tin and ind strial co anies. he rod cts

ranges from cylinders to locks, from door levers to pull handles - practically every ironmongery product imag-inable. The blaugelb® rod cts are desi ned or hea se and is there ore also s ita le or hi h tra c areas.

Zobel Chemie is an innovative and dedicated, medium-sized company. As a MANUFACTURER of water-based coating systems for window and facade coatings and with distributors in over 50 countries, the company en o s international reno n and o ers the ood and al in rocessin ind str a first class s ec-tr o coatin s ste s or the entire real o ind strial rocessin o ra ood or al in rofile to finished ood and al in ildin ele ents.

Samuel Heath has integrity and provenance as the foundations of the company that began as a traditional brass founder and has over the years produced a vast array of products. Today however it is as a MANUFAC-TURER of bathroom accessories, taps, showers and architectural hardware that Samuel Heath has built a worldwide reputation for stylish design, quality and performance.

Page 30: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 31: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

Tehnical information

Types of bearings

Classi�cations

DIN1906DIN179DIN1125

DOOR HANDLES

Page 32: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

i it ate o o e a e a e i entifieGrade 1 Medium frequency of use with high incentive to

exercise care with small chance of misuse e.g. internal residential doors.

Grade 2 Medium frequency of use with high incentive to exercise care and some chance of misuse e.g. internal o ce doors.

Grade 3 High frequency of use by the public or others withlittle incentive to exercise care and high chance of

is se e. . lic o ce doors. Grade 4 High frequency of use on doors subject to frequent

violent use or damage e.g. doors in sport stadiumsor public buildings

i it a ilit a e a e i entifieGrade 6 - 100.000 test cyclesGrade 7 - 200.000 test cyclesThe tests undertake to achieve these grades involve the ap-plication of additional forces to the door furniture in order to simulate the conditions of use likely to be experienced in the field.

Digit 3 - Door dimensionso classification defined.

Door handles and knobs comes in a variety of materials, designs and qualities. In order to be able to compare the dif-ferent door handles they need to conform to a set of classi-fication standards. or door handles and no s the rele ant DIN EN standards are mentioned below.

DIN EN 1906 - BUILDING HARDWAREoor rnit re con or in to is classified

an di it code s ste . si ilar classification a lies to all building hardware product standards so that complimenta-r ite s o hard are can e s ecified to or e a le a co on le el o corrosion resistance the se on s o efire doors etc. ach di it o the classification re ers to a artic lar eat re

of the product measured against the standards performance requirements. The background of these requirements is to si late act al e er da se. his is achie ed definin load requirements and taking subsequent clearance meas-urements before and after continues function tests on the hardware. The digits practical value and the categorisation of the le-ers and no s st e d ed sin the entire classification

scheme. Only the total of all test criteria and test results lead to DIN EN 1906.

CLASSIFICATIONS

STANDARDS

30

Page 33: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

i it i e e i tance a e a e i entifierade o er or ance defined

Grade A Suitable for installation in smoke control doorsrade ita le or installation in s o e control and fire

doors.rade ita le or installation on s o e control and fire

doors with lever handle core requirements.

i it Sa et a e a e i entifieGrade 0 For normal useGrade 1 Safety requirementsTo qualify for a grade 1, handles must have high strength handle to late and late to door fi in and or han-dle to s indle fi in s ch that the o ld ithstand a er-son grabbing in order to prevent falling. It is recommended that only safety furniture be used at the top of cellar steps or other staircases.

i it o o ion e i tance a e a e i entifierade o classification identified

Grade 1 Low corrosion resistance (24h salt spray test)Grade 2 Moderate corrosion resistance (48h salt spray test)Grade 3 High corrosion resistance (96h salt spray test)Grade 4 Extremely high corrosion resistance (240h salt

spray test)Grade 5 Extraordinary high corrosion resistance (480h salt

spray test)

Page 34: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

DIN EN 179 - EMERGENCY EXIT DEVICESBuilding regulations require that the doors in escape routes should be easy to open from inside to their full width - with a handle i necessar . he standards define the an act r-ing, suitability for use and testing requirements concerning fire e it loc in s ste s. hese re ire ents are onl alid for leaf doors with a maximum weight of 200 kg, height of 2,500 mm, and width of 1,300 mm.

his certification s ecifies estin roced res and the techni-cal re ire ents ith re ard to

• echanical fire e it loc in s ste s that are o eratedusing an operational handle.

• echanical fire e it loc in s ste s that are o eratedusing a push plate.

CLASSIFICATIONS

STANDARDS

i it Sec it a e a e i entifieGrade 0 Not burglary resistantGrade 1 Low burglary resistanceGrade 2 Moderate burglary resistanceGrade 3 High burglary resistanceGrade 4 Extra high burglary resistanceThe main requirements include resistance to drilling, close fittin lates or esc tcheons to hel rotect the loc and support the cylinder. They must resist removal from the out-side of the door.

i it T pe o ope ation a e a e i entifieGrade A Spring assistedGrade B Spring loadedGrade U Unsprung

o inations o fittin s as nderstood st be considered as products subject to building regulations with the nessary EU and CE conformity labels. They consist of lock, locking plate and door furniture and must always be tested and certified to ether.

Note:If it is not certain that all people in the building are familiar

ith fire e its and their o erations and or i there is a ris o panic, use must be made of the products tested according to DIN EN 1125. (panic locks operated by a horizontal bar)

32

Page 35: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

OPENING TO THE OUTSIDE

OPENING TO THE INSIDE

DIN 107 – DIRECTION di erentiation is ade et een le t and ri ht

doors depending on the rotational direction of the door. The door direction or side designation according to DIN 107 is deter ined as ollo s

Visible seal of the door hinges on the right = DIN rightVisible seal of the door hinges on the left = DIN left

Page 36: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with the desired classification.

Add the colour coding to the end of the item n er .e . . . .

sol tions.co

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSION en ht

ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

19 MM HOLLOW BEND MITRED SHAPE

blaugelb® lever handle 19 mm hollow tube bend mitred shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, sup-lied ith section olts and fi in sh.

The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.

1010

19 MM HOLLOW BEND MITRED SHAPE PZ

1010.000X.PZ

19 MM HOLLOW BEND MITRED SHAPE WC

1010.000X.WC

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSION en ht

ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

34

Page 37: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

General Information

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

Technical Specificatio

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PSSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

gbm-solutions.com

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting

ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with

the desired classification.

Add the colour coding to the end of the item number - f.ex. 1010.000A.PZ.SSS

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

19 MM HOLLOW BEND T SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle 19 mm hollow tube bend T shape, pair 8x8mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with

section olts and fi in sh.

The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.

1010

19 MM HOLLOW BENDT SHAPE PZ

19 MM HOLLOW BEND T SHAPE WC

1010.001X.PZ

1010.001X.WC

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

Page 38: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with the desired classification.

Add the colour coding to the end of the item n er .e . . . .

sol tions.co

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSION en ht

ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

19 MM HOLLOW TUBE L SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle 19 mm hollow tube L shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4

section olts and fi in sh.

The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.

1010

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

1010.002X.PZ

1010.002X.WC

19 MM HOLLOW TUBE L SHAPE WC

19 MM HOLLOW TUBE L SHAPE PZ

36

Page 39: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

General Information

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

Technical Specificatio

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PSSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

gbm-solutions.com

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting

ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with

the desired classification.

Add the colour coding to the end of the item number - f.ex. 1010.000A.PZ.SSS

1010

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

19 MM HOLLOW TUBE MITRED SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle 19 mm hollow tube mitred shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with

section olts and fi in sh.

The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

1010.003X.PZ

1010.003X.WC

19 MM HOLLOW TUBE MITRED SHAPE PZ

19 MM HOLLOW TUBE MITRED SHAPE WC

Page 40: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with the desired classification.

Add the colour coding to the end of the item n er .e . . . .

sol tions.co

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSION en ht

ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

1010

19 MM HOLLOW U SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle 19 mm hollow tube U shape, pair 8x8mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4

section olts and fi in sh.

The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.

19 MM HOLLOW U SHAPE PZ

19 MM HOLLOW U SHAPE WCMATERIAL

Stainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

1010.004X.PZ

1010.004X.WC

38

Page 41: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

General Information

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

Technical Specificatio

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PSSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

gbm-solutions.com

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting

ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with

the desired classification.

Add the colour coding to the end of the item number - f.ex. 1010.000A.PZ.SSS

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

HOLLOW BALL KNOB

1010

blaugelb® ball knob, hollow, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4 mm section bolts and fi in sh.

The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

HOLLOW BALL KNOB WC

HOLLOW BALL KNOB PZ

1010.005X.PZ

1010.005X.WC

Page 42: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with the desired classification.

Add the colour coding to the end of the item n er .e . . . .

sol tions.co

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

1010

SOLID CRINKLE SHAPE blaugelb® lever handle, solid crinkle shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4 mm section olts and fi in sh.

The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.

SOLID CRINKLE SHAPE PZ

SOLID CRINKLE SHAPE WC

1010.008X.WC

1010.008X.PZ

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

40

Page 43: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

General Information

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

Technical Specificatio

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PSSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

gbm-solutions.com

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting

ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with

the desired classification.

Add the colour coding to the end of the item number - f.ex. 1010.000A.PZ.SSS

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

1010

SOLID PATTERN SHAPE PZ

blaugelb® lever handle, solid pattern shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4 mm section olts and fi in sh.

The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

SOLID PATTERN SHAPE WC

SOLID PATTERN SHAPE

1010.009X.WC

1010.009X.PZ

Page 44: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with the desired classification.

Add the colour coding to the end of the item n er .e . . . .

sol tions.co

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

1010

SOLID SQUARE SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle, solid square shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4 mm section olts and fi in sh

The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.

SOLID SQUARE SHAPE WC

SOLID SQUARE SHAPE PZ

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

1010.010X.WC

1010.010X.PZ

42

Page 45: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

General Information

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

Technical Specificatio

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PSSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

gbm-solutions.com

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting

ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with

the desired classification.

Add the colour coding to the end of the item number - f.ex. 1010.000A.PZ.SSS

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

1010

SOLID STRAIGHT T SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle, solid straight T shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4 mm section olts and fi in sh.

The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.

SOLID STRAIGHT T SHAPE WC

SOLID STRAIGHT T SHAPE PZ

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

1010.011X.WC

1010.011X.PZ

Page 46: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with the desired classification.

Add the colour coding to the end of the item n er .e . . . .

sol tions.co

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

1010

SOLID WAVE SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle, solid wave shape, pair 8x8 mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4 mm section olts and fi in sh.

The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.

SOLID WAVE SHAPE WC

SOLID WAVE SHAPE PZ

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

1010.012X.WC

1010.012X.PZ

44

Page 47: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

General Information

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

Technical Specificatio

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PSSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

gbm-solutions.com

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting

ITEM NUMBERSSubstitute the X in the item number with

the desired classification.

Add the colour coding to the end of the item number - f.ex. 1010.000A.PZ.SSS

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHal finish atin olished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

1010

SOLID ROUND SHAPEblaugelb® lever handle, solid round shape, pair 8x8mm, snap on cover rose Ø52 mm and 8 mm high, cc 38 mm, for door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 304, supplied with M4 mm section olts and fi in sh.

The door levers from GBM Solution is our own brand blaugelb®. We are able to supply blaugelb® door le ers ith a class or certification or itho t certification or those ro ects here certification is not important and price is more of the essence.

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHal finish atin olished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

CERTIFICATION lass lass lass

SOLID ROUND SHAPE PZ

SOLID ROUND SHAPE WC

1010.013X.WC

1010.013X.PZ

Page 48: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.

For d line escutcheons - please see the hard-ware accessories section

SOLID L SHAPEe er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door

thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.

e er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.

e er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.

1010

Class 4

SOLID L SHAPE 14 MM

SOLID L SHAPE 16 MM

SOLID L SHAPE 19 MM

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

7 U041B-4

BS EN

1010.014

1010.015

1010.016

Class 4

7 U041B-4

BS EN

Class 4

7 U041B-4

BS EN

46

Page 49: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1010

SOLID U SHAPEe er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door

thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.

e er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.

e er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.

For d line escutcheons - please see the hardware accessories section

SOLID U SHAPE 14 MM

SOLID U SHAPE 16 MM

SOLID U SHAPE 19 MM

1010.017

1010.018

1010.019

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

Class 4

7 U041B-4

BS EN

Class 4

7 U041B-4

BS EN

Class 4

7 U041B-4

BS EN

Page 50: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSION en ht

ose

SOLID LEVERSe er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door

thickness 33-44 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.

e er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door thickness 33-44 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.

1010

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.

For d line escutcheons - please see the hard-ware accessories section

SOLID M SHAPE 16 MM

SOLID L SHAPE 19 MM

1010.020

1010.021

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

Class 4

7 U041B-4

BS EN

Class 4

7 U041B-4

BS EN

48

Page 51: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

SOLID LEVERSe er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door

thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.

e er handle sha e air sna on co er all earin rose cc or door thickness 33-59 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

1010

Class 4

7 U041B-4

BS EN

Class 4

7 U041B-4

BS EN

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.

For d line escutcheons - please see the hardware accessories section

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

SOLID C SHAPE 19 MM

SOLID FFG SHAPE 19 MM

1010.023

1010.024

Page 52: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.

For d line escutcheons - please see the hard-ware accessories section

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

1010.022

SOLID UF SHAPE 19 MM

1010

Lever handle 19 mm UF shape, pair, 8x8mm, oval snap on cover ball bearing rose cc 50 mm, for door thickness 33-44 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh.

Lever handle 19 mm LF shape, pair, 8x8mm, oval snap on cover ball bearing rose cc 50 mm, for door thickness 33-44 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316, Lever supplied with M4 x75 mm section bolts and fi in sh

SOLID LF SHAPE 19 MM1010.025

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

Class 4

7 U041B-4

BS EN

Class 4

7 U041B-4

BS EN

SOLID LEVERS - OVAL ROSES

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

50

Page 53: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONen ht ose

7 A0400-3

BS EN

Lever, square stainless steel tube, 20 x 20 mm with 1.5 mm wall thickness. Easily installed by latch-ing the lever handle into the base parts premounted on the door. integrated spring-assisted restrain-ing “hold-up” module, left or right-hand opening doors. Round composite material rose substructure cc 55 mm roses, 10,5 mm high. Incl. round PZ escutcheons.

Lever, square stainless steel tube, 20 x 20 mm with 1.5 mm wall thickness. Easily installed by latch-ing the lever handle into the base parts premounted on the door. integrated spring-assisted restrain-ing “hold-up” module, left or right-hand opening doors. Square composite material rose substructure 55x55 mm roses, 10,5 mm high. Incl. square PZ escutcheons

HOLLOW SQUARE LEVERS

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONen ht ose

7 A0400-3

BS EN

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.

1010.030

HOLLOW SQUARE, ROUND ROSE, PZ

1010.031

HOLLOW SQUARE, SQUARE ROSE, PZ

1010

Page 54: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.

1010.032

HOLLOW SQUARE, ROUND ROSE, WC

1010

Lever, square stainless steel tube, 20 x 20 mm with 1.5 mm wall thickness. Easily installed by latch-ing the lever handle into the base parts premounted on the door. integrated spring-assisted restrain-ing “hold-up” module, left or right-hand opening doors. Round composite material rose substructure cc 55 mm roses, 10,5 mm high. Incl. round WC escutcheons.

Lever, square stainless steel tube, 20 x 20 mm with 1.5 mm wall thickness. Easily installed by latch-ing the lever handle into the base parts premounted on the door. integrated spring-assisted restrain-ing “hold-up” module, left or right-hand opening doors. Square composite material rose substructure 55x55 mm roses, 10,5 mm high. Incl. square WC escutcheons

HOLLOW SQUARE, SQUARE ROSE, WC1010.033

HOLLOW SQUARE LEVERS

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

7 A0400-3

BS EN

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

7 A0400-3

BS EN

52

Page 55: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONen ht ose

7 A0400-3

BS EN

Lever, square stainless steel tube, 20 x 20 mm with 1.5 mm wall thickness. Easily installed by latch-ing the lever handle into the base parts premounted on the door. integrated spring-assisted restrain-ing “hold-up” module, left or right-hand opening doors. Round composite material rose substructure cc 55 mm roses, 10,5 mm high. Incl. round WC barrier free escutcheons.

Lever, square stainless steel tube, 20 x 20 mm with 1.5 mm wall thickness. Easily installed by latch-ing the lever handle into the base parts premounted on the door. integrated spring-assisted restrain-ing “hold-up” module, left or right-hand opening doors. Square composite material rose substructure 55x55 mm roses, 10,5 mm high. Incl. square WC barrier free escutcheons

HOLLOW SQUARE LEVERS

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONen ht ose

7 A0400-3

BS EN

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.

1010.034

HOLLOW SQUARE, ROUND ROSE, WC , BARRIER FREE

1010.035

HOLLOW SQUARE, SQUARE ROSE, WC, BARRIER FREE

1010

Page 56: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.

ther finishes on re est.

1010.036

NAVY LINE, SQUARE ROSE

1010

Lever handles from our Italian supplier COMIT has that special Italian feel about them. Quality and detail are important parts of the design-phase and the production. These series are also available with back plate and with matching window levers.

Lever Navy Line, square in stainless steel and with 45x45 mm rose. Supplied with PZ escutcheons.

Lever Genève, square in stainless steel and with 45x45 mm rose. Supplied with PZ escutcheons.

GENEVE, SQUARE ROSE1010.037

LEVERS ON SQUARE ROSES

MANUFACTURERCOMIT SRL

COUNTRY OF ORIGINItaly

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

54

Page 57: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERCOMIT SRL

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHPolished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

Lever handles from our Italian supplier COMIT has that special Italian feel about them. Quality and detail are important parts of the design-phase and the production. These series are also available with back plate and with matching window levers.

Lever Vertigo, square in stainless steel and with 45x45 mm rose. Supplied with PZ escutcheons.

Lever Style, square in stainless steel and with 45x45 mm rose. Supplied with PZ escutcheons.

LEVERS ON SQUARE ROSES

MATERIALStainelss steel AISI 304

FINISHPolished

DIMENSIONen ht ose

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.

ther finishes on re est.

1010.038

VERTIGO, SQUARE, ROUND

1010.039

STYLE, SQUARE ROSE

1010

Page 58: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

NOTESupplied with screws for mounting.

aila le in other finishes on re est

MATERIALBrass

FINISHatin olished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

1010.040

LOOK WITH PZ

1010

Lever handles from our Italian supplier COMIT has that special Italian feel about them. Quality and detail are important parts of the design-phase and the production.

These bi-colour levers in brass with round ø50 mm PZ cylinder roses are suitable for any classic or modern building. The door handles are also available on back plates and with matching window han-dles.

FUTURA WITH PZ1010.041

MATERIALBrass

FINISHatin olished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

BRASS LEVERS

MANUFACTURERCOMIT SRL

COUNTRY OF ORIGINItaly

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALBrass

FINISHatin olished

DIMENSIONen ht

ose

YARIS WITH PZ1010.042

56

Page 59: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

ESCUTCHEONS

Page 60: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1012

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

NOTEncl din scre s or fittin

TOILET INDICATOR SET

TOILET INDICATOR SET - SPECIAL NEEDS

1012.0003

1012.0004

The blaugelb® indicator sets with snap on cover are made from stainless steel AISI 304. Distance bewtween screwholes are 38 mm. Door thickness is 30-45 mm.

CYLINDER ESCUTCHEONS

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONSDia. 52 mm

Height 8 mm

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONSDia. 52 mm

Height 8 mm

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

58

Page 61: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

The blaugelb® cylinder escutcheons are made from stainless steel AISI 304

1012

PZ CYLINDER ESCUTCHEONS

BLANK/BLIND ESCUTCHEONS

NOTESold in pairs - except the thumbturn which is

sold seperately.ncl din scre s or fittin

1012.0000

1012.0001

CYLINDER ESCUTCHEONS

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONSDia. 52 mmHeight 8 mm

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONSDia. 52 mmHeight 8 mm

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

Page 62: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

d line cylinder escutcheions and thumb turn with clips cover rose. Distance between screws are 38 mm

1012

PZ CYLINDER ESCUTCHEONS

TOILET INDICATOR SET

NOTEAlso available in a solid version with visible screwholes

1012.0100

1012.0101

CYLINDER ESCUTCHEONS

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONSDia. 50 mm

Height 4 mm

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONSDia. 50 mm

Height 4 mm

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

60

Page 63: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

HINGES

Page 64: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

DIN EN 1935As with any other building hardware hinges are also classi-fied in an di it code s ste . he classification standard di ides the hin es in o r se classes and defines the a i-mal hinge moment that results from the generated frictional resistance in a hinge during its endurance test.

This standard is valid for door and window hinges for door leafs with a maximum weight of 160 Kg.

he standard s ecifies testin roced res and re ire ents ith re ard to

• Uniaxial screw-on hinges• Hinges with consolidated bolts• For use on entrance doors and windows• The currently valid DIN EN 1935 was published in April

2002 and has the status of a national standard. It hasbeen included in the German Building Standards Guide-lines art since eanin that it is anchored inthe German Building Laws.

he di it code is o nd accordin to these standards

CLASSIFICATIONS

STANDARDS

i it ate o o e a e a e i entifieGrade 1 Light dutyGrade 2 Medium dutyGrade 3 Heavy dutyGrade 4 Severe duty

i it a ilit a e a e i entifiefor single-axis hinges MANUFACTURERd to this European standardGrade 310.000 test cycles, for light duty hinges on windows onlyGrade 425 000 test cycles, for light duty hinges on windows and doorsGrade 7200 000 test cycles, for medium. heavy and severe duty hinges on doors only

Digit 3 - Test door massEight door mass grades related to single-axis hinges areidentified in this ro ean standard as sho n elo .

Test door mass grade Door mass0 10 kg1 20 kg2 40 kg3 60 kg4 80 kg5 100 kg6 120 kg7 160 kg

62

Page 65: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

Grade 1Suitable for applications requiring a degree of security. An-nex C of this European standard details the hinge grade to use for the level of security required.

Digit 8 - Hinge gradeo rteen rades are identified in this ro ean standard and

are detailed below.

GRADE USAGE TEST CYCLES DOOR MASS1 WINDOW 10 000 10 KG2 WINDOW 10 000 20 KG

4 DOOR 200 000 20 KG5 WINDOW 10 000 40 KG

7 DOOR 200 000 40 KG8 WINDOW 10 000 60 KG

10 DOOR 200 000 60 KG11 DOOR 200 000 80 KG12 DOOR 200 000 100 KG13 DOOR 200 000 120 KG14 DOOR 200 000 160 KG

i it S ita ilit o fi e o e oo eo rades o s ita ilit are identified or sin le a is hin es

Grade 0ot s ita le or fire s o e resistant door asse lies

Grade 1ita le or fire s o e resistant door asse lies s ect to

satisfactory assessment of the contribution of the single-axis hin e to the fire resistance o the s ecified fire s o e door assemblies. Such assessment is beyond the scope of this European standard (see EN 1634-1)

Digit 5 - SafetySingle-axis hinges are required to satisfy the essential re-quirements of safety in use. Therefore, only grade 1 is iden-tified.

Digit 6 - Corrosion resistancei e rades o corrosion resistance are identified in accord-

ance ith rade o defined corrosion resistance.

Grade 1 Mild resistance.Grade 2 Moderate resistance.Grade 3 High resistance.Grade 4 Very high resistance

Digit 7 - Securityo rades o sec rit are identified or sin le a is hin es

Grade 0Not suitable for use on burglar-resistant door assemblies

Page 66: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

HANDING OF HINGESLoose joint hinges, pivot reinforced, electric, etc. are handed and sho ld e s ecified ri ht or le t hand.The hand of a hinge is determined from the outside of the door to which it is applied

TIP OPTIONSInstitutions often require hospital type tips (barrel ends slo ed a in it di c lt to attach ro e earin a arel etc. Flat button tip is universally used as standard.

SPECIAL HINGE TYPESRaised barrel, electric hinges, pivot reinforced hinges, hinges with non-removable pins, security studs, etc.

GENERAL HINGE INFORMATIONThere are a few factors determining proper hinge selection.

THE APPLICATIONPrimary consideration is given to the type of door and frame or selection o a ro er hin e confi ration.

THE HINGE SIZEDetermined by door size, thickness, weight, frequency of use, and clearance required.

THE HINGE TYPEThe weight of the door and frequency of use determine whether a heavy weight, standard weight or a plain bearing hinge should be used. Heavy weight hinges should always be used on heavy doors and doors where high frequency is expected.

WHICH METAL AND FINISHDetermined by considerations such as atmospheric condi-tions, location of doors, or special conditions as in chemical laboratories, sewage disposal plants, etc.While ferrous metal can be given a good rust-resisting base, it cannot be given the same absolute guarantee against rust as nonferrous metals and should not be used for extreme exposure.

HINGES

INFORMATION

REVERSE REVERSE

OUTSIDE

OUTSIDE

64

Page 67: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

NUMBER OF HINGES REQUIREDUse two hinges on doors 1000 x 2000 mm with app. 1435 mm between them.

Please note, that especially in public buildings where extra loads are incurred due to the high opening frequency and stress which is not always calculable (kindergarten, barracks etc. s cientl di ensioned hin es sho ld e sed e en if this would not have been necessary merely based on the door weight as such.

LOCATION OF HINGES ON DOOR

Page 68: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

BALL BEARING HINGEblaugelb® high action ball bearing butt hinge suitable for sever duty applications and for usage on doors

here hi h re enc is e ected s ch as entrance doors to o ce ildin s stores lic ildin s and corridor entrance doors to o ces. n accordance ith hi h er or ance tt hin e for wooden or metal doors.

lied in di erent si es.

1013

1013.000X

MATERIALStainless Steel

DOOR WEIGHT120 Kg

MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand

DIMENSION

SUITABILITYire o e doors

FLANGE THICKNESS3 mm

FINISHSSS, PVD, PSS, AB

EDGESSquare

PERFORMANCE TEST200,000 Cycles

BALL BEARING HINGE

EN1935

BS EN

7 13041164 -

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired size of hinge

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

66

Page 69: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1013

MANUFACTURERGB Messenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

blaugelb® do le action s rin hin e or ooden doors and or sh ooden doors that s in in oth directions. are typically used on institution doors, restaurant doors and bar doors that open in both directions.

lied in di erent si es.

DOUBLE ACTION SPRING HINGE

MATERIALStainless Steel

DOOR WEIGHT

OPENING ANGLE180. swing on both sides

DOOR THICKNESS to to to

DOOR HEIGHT

DOOR WIDTH

MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand

DOUBLE ACTION SPRING HINGE 75

1013.001X

EN1935

BS EN

- ------- -

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired size of hinge

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

Page 70: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

HINGESblaugelb® single action spring hinge is for wooden or steel frames and for wooden or steel interior doors.

Rising and falling hinges are suitable for the doors opening or closing at a certain angle lower or higher then the ra e or ooden or etal ra es and or ooden or etal sh doors.

Both hinges types are suitable for DIN left and right hand doors

1013

SINGLE ACTION SPRING HINGE

RISING AND FALLING HINGE

1013.0020

1013.0021

MATERIALStainless Steel

DOOR WEIGHT

KNUCKLE18 mm

FLANGE THICKNESS3,5 mm

FLANGE WIDTH40 mm

BEARINGFriction free earing technology

ADJUSTMENTAdjustable spring force

NOTESupplied in packages of 1 pcs.

MATERIALStainless Steel

DOOR WEIGHT

KNUCKLE16 mm

FLANGE THICKNESS3 mm

PIN10 mm

BEARINGFixed pin

OPENING ANGLE180

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

68

Page 71: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

1013

Page 72: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERDENI GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

DOUBLE ACTION SPRING HINGE 29/75eni do le action s rin hin e is or ooden doors and or sh ooden doors.aila le in di erent si es.

1013

DOUBLE ACTION SPRING HINGE 29/75

1013.012X

MATERIALStainless Steel

DOOR WEIGHT

OPENING ANGLE180 swing on both sides

DOOR THICKNESS to to to to to to

DOOR HEIGHT

DOOR WIDTH

EN1935

BS EN

- ------- -

NOTESupplied in packages of 1 pcs.

Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired size of hinge

70

Page 73: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Design meets function. TECTUS enables the optimal integration of unrebated doors in straight line and s r ace sh roo str ct res. he co letel concealed hin e s ste acce ts load ca acities of up to 300 kg, enables an opening angle of 180 degrees and can be used on timber, steel and alu-minium frames. The three-dimensional adjustability and maintenance-free slide bearing technology of TECTUS are used for high-quality residential doors and functional heavy-duty doors.

o letel concealed hin e or nre ated and re ated sh doors ith ti er steel and al ini ra es. aintenance ree slide earin s three di ensionall ad sta le side hei ht

co ression .

MANUFACTURERSIMONSWERK GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1013

TECTUS 240 3D

1013.023A

EN1935

BS EN

CONCEALED HINGE

MATERIALStainless Steel

DOOR WEIGHTUp to 40 KG

OPENING ANGLE180

DOOR WIDTH18 mm

FRAME WIDTH21 mm

CUTTER DIAMETER16 mm

MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand

OVERALL LENGTH155 mm

NOTESupplied in packages of 1 pcs.

Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired size of hinge

R25745

20min UL

7 70-1022ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

Page 74: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATINGNOTE

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

7 11a0-1143

MANUFACTURERSIMONSWERK GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

CONCEALED HINGEDesign meets function. TECTUS enables the optimal integration of unrebated doors in straight line and s r ace sh roo str ct res. he co letel concealed hin e s ste acce ts load ca acities of up to 300 kg, enables an opening angle of 180 degrees and can be used on timber, steel and alu-minium frames. The three-dimensional adjustability and maintenance-free slide bearing technology of TECTUS are used for high-quality residential doors and functional heavy-duty doors.

Completely concealed hinge for unrebated doors with timber, steel and aluminium frames. Mainte-nance ree slide earin s three di ensionall ad sta le side hei ht co res-sion

1013MATERIAL

Stainless Steel

DOOR WEIGHTUp to 80 KG

OPENING ANGLE180

DOOR WIDTH28 mm

FRAME WIDTH28 mm

CUTTER DIAMETER24 mm

MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand

OVERALL LENGTH160 mm

Supplied with screws and cover cap

1935

R25745

20min UL

TECTUS 340 3D

1013.023B

72

Page 75: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

NOTE

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Design meets function. TECTUS enables the optimal integration of unrebated doors in straight line and s r ace sh roo str ct res. he co letel concealed hin e s ste acce ts load ca acities of up to 300 kg, enables an opening angle of 180 degrees and can be used on timber, steel and alu-minium frames. The three-dimensional adjustability and maintenance-free slide bearing technology of TECTUS are used for high-quality residential doors and functional heavy-duty doors.

Completely concealed hinge for unrebated doors with timber, steel and aluminium frames. Mainte-nance ree slide earin s three di ensionall ad sta le side hei ht co -ression

1013

MANUFACTURERSIMONSWERK GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

1935

R25745

20min ULSupplied with screws and cover cap

CONCEALED HINGE

TECTUS 540 3D

1013.023C

7 13111164

MATERIALStainless Steel

DOOR WEIGHTUp to 120 KG

OPENING ANGLE180

DOOR WIDTH32 mm

FRAME WIDTH32 mm

CUTTER DIAMETER24 mm

MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand

OVERALL LENGTH200 mm

Page 76: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATINGNOTE

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

- -------

Build to last - three knuckle detention hinge. Concealed, maintenance free bearing.

Welded, anti-ligature, hospital tips and welded knuckles. Several options include security, torx screws, electric monitor (EMN), electric through wire (ETW), electric through wire and monitor (ETM), reverse safety stud (RSS) and safety stud (SS).

1013MATERIAL

Stainless Steel

DOOR WEIGHTUp to 130 KG

HOLE COUNT8

PIN DIAMETER8 mm

FRAME WIDTH-

CUTTER DIAMETER-

MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand

OVERALL LENGTH114 mm

ANTI-LIGATURE HINGE

Supplied with self securing screws

HAGER IHTAB850

1013.0004

MANUFACTURERHager Inc.

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUSA

WARRENTY10 years

1935

A8111

74

Page 77: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

PULL HANDLES

Page 78: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

NOTE

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ITEM NUMBERS

Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the desired length.

gbm-solutions.com

The pull handles from our own brand blaugelb® is made from satin stainless steel AISI 304. Our pull handles are a aila le in di erent di ensions and len ths and can o nted on oth ooden steel and lass doors ith a selection o fi in ossi ilities.

Pull handle ø19 mm straight, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304Pull handle ø25 mm straight, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304

PULL HANDLE STRAIGHT

1014

MANUFACTURERGB MEESENBURG OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainless Steel

FINISHSatin or polished

MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in

back to back or on roses

DIMENSIONSø19 mmø25 mm

LENGTHS

PULL HANDLE STRAIGHT Ø25 MM

PULL HANDLE STRAIGHT Ø19 MM

1014.000X

1014.001X

Supplied with screws for mounting

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

76

Page 79: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

NOTE

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

ITEM NUMBERS

Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the

desired length.

1014

MANUFACTURERGB MEESENBURG OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALStainless Steel

FINISHSatin or polished

MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in

back to back or on roses

DIMENSIONSø19 mmø25 mm

LENGTHS

Supplied with screws for mounting

PULL HANDLE MITREDThe pull handles from our own brand blaugelb® is made from satin stainless steel AISI 304. Our pull handles are a aila le in di erent di ensions and len ths and can o nted on oth ooden steel and lass doors ith a selection o fi in ossi ilities.

Pull handle ø19 mm mitred, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304Pull handle ø25 mm mitred, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304

PULL HANDLE MITRED Ø25 MM

PULL HANDLE MITRED Ø19 MM

1014.002X

1014.003X

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

Page 80: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

NOTE

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ITEM NUMBERS

Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the desired length.

gbm-solutions.com

The pull handles from our own brand blaugelb® is made from satin stainless steel AISI 304. Our pull handles are a aila le in di erent di ensions and len ths and can o nted on oth ooden steel and lass doors ith a selection o fi in ossi ilities.

Pull handle 20 x 20 mm, square, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304Pull handle 25 x 25 mm, square, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304

PULL HANDLE SQUARE

1014MATERIAL

Stainless Steel

FINISHSatin or polished

MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in

back to back or on roses

DIMENSIONS20 x 20 mm25 x 25 mm

LENGTHS

MANUFACTURERGB MEESENBURG OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

PULL HANDLE SQUARE 20 x20 MM

PULL HANDLE SQUARE 25 x 25 MM

1014.004X

1014.005X

Supplied with screws for mounting

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

78

Page 81: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

NOTE

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

ITEM NUMBERS

Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the

desired length.

1014MATERIALStainless Steel

FINISHSatin or polished

MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in

back to back or on roses

DIMENSIONS20 x 20 mm25 x 25 mm

LENGTH

PULL HANDLE RECTANGULARThe pull handles from our own brand blaugelb® is made from satin stainless steel AISI 304. Our pull handles are a aila le in di erent di ensions and len ths and can o nted on oth ooden steel and lass doors ith a selection o fi in ossi ilities.

Pull handle 20 x 20 mm, rectangular, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304Pull handle 25 x 25 mm, rectangular, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304

MANUFACTURERGB MEESENBURG OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

PULL HANDLE RECTANGULAR 25 x 25 MM

PULL HANDLE RECTANGULAR 20 x 20 MM1014.006X

1014.007X

Supplied with screws for mounting

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

Page 82: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

NOTE

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ITEM NUMBERS

Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the desired length.

gbm-solutions.com

The pull handles from our own brand blaugelb® is made from satin stainless steel AISI 304. Our pull handles are a aila le in di erent di ensions and len ths and can o nted on oth ooden steel and lass doors ith a selection o fi in ossi ilities.

Pull handle ø19 mm, T shape, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304Pull handle ø25 mm, T shape, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304

PULL HANDLE T SHAPE

1014MATERIAL

Stainless Steel

FINISHSatin or polished

MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in

back to back or on roses

DIMENSIONSø19 mm

LENGTHS cc cc

MANUFACTURERGB MEESENBURG OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

PULL HANDLE T SHAPE Ø19 MM

PULL HANDLE T SHAPE Ø25 MM

1014.008X

1014.009X

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

MATERIALStainless Steel

FINISHSatin or polished

MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in

back to back or on roses

DIMENSIONSø25 mm

LENGTHS cc cc cc

Supplied with screws for mounting

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

80

Page 83: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

NOTE

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

ITEM NUMBERS

Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the

desired length.

1014MATERIALStainless Steel

FINISHSatin or polished

MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in

back to back or on roses

DIMENSIONSø30 mm

LENGTH cc cc cc cc cc

PULL HANDLE T SHAPEThe pull handles from our own brand blaugelb® is made from satin stainless steel AISI 304. Our pull handles are a aila le in di erent di ensions and len ths and can o nted on oth ooden steel and lass doors ith a selection o fi in ossi ilities.

Pull handle ø30 mm, T shape, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304Pull handle ø32 mm, T shape, M8, satin stainless steel AISI 304

MANUFACTURERGB MEESENBURG OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

PULL HANDLE T SHAPE 32 MM

PULL HANDLE T SHAPE 30 MM1014.010X

1014.011XTECHNICAL INFORMATION

MATERIALStainless Steel

FINISHSatin or polished

MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in

back to back or on roses

DIMENSIONSø32 mm

LENGTH cc cc cc

Supplied with screws for mounting

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

Page 84: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

NOTE

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ITEM NUMBERS

Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the desired length.

gbm-solutions.com

Lockable pull handles from Hermat in Germany with key and turn and 5 pin cylinder.

ll handle ro nd ar cc ac to ac fi in in ilt loc in s ste satin stain-less steel

ll handle s are ar cc ac to ac fi in in ilt loc in s ste satin stainless steel.

PULL HANDLES LOCKABLE

1014MATERIAL

Stainless Steel

FINISHSatin or polished

MOUNTINGolt thro h fi in

GLASS DOOR THICKNESS8-12 mm

DIMENSIONSø25 mm

LENGTHScc total

LOCKINGSYSTEMKey & turn, 5 pin cylinder

MANUFACTURERHERMAT

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

PULL HANDLE ROUND T-BAR WITH LOCK Ø25 MM

PULL HANDLE SQUARE T-BAR WITH LOCK Ø25 MM

1014.1000

1014.1001

Supplied with screws for mounting

82

Page 85: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

NOTE

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

ITEM NUMBERS

Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the

desired length.

1014

MANUFACTURERCOMIT

COUNTRY OF ORIGINItaly

WARRENTY5 years

Design pull handles from Comit in Italy with that special Italian feel.

Pull handle, Model Square in satin stainlees steel, round roses and square handle.

ll handle odel na e in i colo r stainlees steel satin olished a handle and ro nd roses.

DESIGN PULL HANDLES

MATERIALStainless Steel

FINISHSatin

MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in

back to back or on roses

LENGTH cc cc

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

MATERIALStainless Steel

FINISHatin olished

MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in

back to back or on roses

LENGTH cc cc

PULL HANDLE SNAKE

PULL HANDLE SQUARE 1014.200X

1014.201X

Supplied with screws for mountingaila le in other finishes on re est

Page 86: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

NOTE

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ITEM NUMBERS

Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the desired length.

gbm-solutions.com

Design pull handles from Comit in Italy with that special Italian feel.

Pull handle, semi circle, Model Arco in polished brass.

Pull handle, semi circle with roses, Model Luna in polished brass.

DESIGN PULL HANDLES

1014MATERIAL

Brass

FINISH Polished

MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in

back to back or on roses

LENGTH cc

MANUFACTURERCOMIT

COUNTRY OF ORIGINItaly

WARRENTY5 years

PULL HANDLE ARCO

PULL HANDLE LUNA

1014.202A

1014.203A

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

MATERIALBrass

FINISH Polished

MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in

back to back or on roses

LENGTH cc

Supplied with screws for mounting.aila le in other finishes on re est

84

Page 87: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

NOTE

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

ITEM NUMBERS

Substitute the x in the item number with the corresponding letter for the

desired length.

1014

MANUFACTURERCOMIT

COUNTRY OF ORIGINItaly

WARRENTY5 years

Design pull handles from Comit in Italy with that special Italian feel.

ll handle odel l in olished rass ro nd roses and at a handle.

Pull handle, Model Venice in antique brass, sculptured handle and round roses.

DESIGN PULL HANDLES

MATERIALStainless Steel

FINISHSatin

MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in

back to back or on roses

LENGTH cc

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

MATERIALStainless Steel

FINISHatin olished

MOUNTINGaila le ith thro h fi in

back to back or on roses

LENGTH cc

PULL HANDLE VENICE

PULL HANDLE FLY1014.204A

1014.205A

Supplied with screws for mountingaila le in other finishes on re est

Page 88: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 89: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

LOCK CASES

Page 90: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

Digit 1 - Category of use classes are identified.

lass sed eo le ith a hi h incenti e to a care l application, where misuse or risks are less possi-ble, e.g. interior residential doors.

lass sed eo le ith a little incenti e to a care l application, where misuse or risks are possible, e. . o ce doors.

lass sed eo le ith little incenti e to a care l application, where misuse or risks are more possi-ble, e.g. doors in public buildings.

Digit 2 - Durability rades are identified ith ini i fi res ith dead olt

and sniob operation, and latch bolt operation with and with-out side load as shown. The side load is applied to the latch bolt when it is being withdrawn.

lass tested c cles no stress on latch oltlass tested c cles no stress on latch oltlass tested c cles no stress on latch oltlass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt lass tested c cles stress on latch olt

ol tions o ers a lar e ran e o di erent loc cases to support the entire range of door levers, knobs, sliding hardware and other unsprung hardware furniture. Quality, security and testet performance goes hand in hand. Lock cases are testet and classifed according to DIN EN 12209.

DIN EN 12209 - BUILDING HARDWAREThis standard is valid for mechanically operated locks and their strike plates that can be installed in the doors, windows and entrance doors.

he standard s ecifies testin roced res and re ire ents ith re ard to

• Durability• Strength• rotection e ect• ecti eness

The current DIN EN 12209 was published in March 2004 and has the stat s o a national standard. nne fire resist-ance requirements) - this standard is harmonized and must be used in Europe.

The standard stipulates that all products tested should be classified in accordance ith an di it s ste .

CLASSIFICATIONS

STANDARDS

88

Page 91: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

Digit 3 - Door mass and closing force rades are identified ith a i fi res or closin

force at various door masses.ote losin orce is ro a standin start i.e. ll e tend-

ed latch bolt in contact with striking plate at start of test.

Digit 4 - Fire resistance rades are identified

lass ot a ro ed or se on fire s o e doorslass llo a le or se on fire s o e doors hs class classification eans onl that the loc has een

desi ned or se on fire s o e control doors. he act al fire test a ro al ill e contained in a se erate fire test re ort.

Digit 5 - Safety No requirements

Digit 6 - Corrosion resistance rades are identified

lass o defined corrosion resistance. o defined te erat relass o corrosion resistance no defined te erat relass ild corrosion resistance no defined te erat relass i h corrosion resistance no defined te erat relass er hi h corrosion resistance. o defined te ert relass ild corrosion resistance te erat re re ire ent

et een lass i h corrosion resistance te erat re re ir ent

et een lass er hi h corrosion resistance te erat re re ire

ent et een

Digit 7 - Security and drill resistance rades are identified ith ini fi res or re ire-

ments relating to physical attack - with or without drilling of the lock case.

lass in. anti r lar e ect itho t drill resistancelass o anti r lar e ect itho t drill resistancelass ild anti r lar e ect itho t drill resistancelass i h anti r lar e ect itho t drill resistancelass i h anti r lar e ect ith drill resistancelass er hi h anti r lar e ect .o drill resistancelass er hi h anti r lar e ect ith drill resistance

Digit 8 - Field of door operation rades are identified or di erin a lications. he rad-

ing determins which application is appropiate.

i it e ope ation an loc in rades are identified or di erin t es o e o erations.

The grading determins how the lock is assessed for dead-locking requirement as shown. In addition, there is a max-imum key torque operating requirements of 1,5Nm and a minimum key strenght requirement of 2,5Nm.

lass not a lica lelass c linder loc an al loc in echanislass c linder loc a to atic loc in echanislass c linder loc an al loc in echanis ith in

between lockinglass ch loc an al loc in echanislass ch loc a to atic loc in echanis

Page 92: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

TYPE OF DOORThe choice of mortise lock also depends on the type of the door

Profile of a rebated door with mortise lock (forend protruding at one side)

Profile of a flush door with mortise lock (forend protruding at both sides)

STANDARDIZATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH DIN

Mortise locks can be tested according to DIN 18251 and as-si ned to loc cate ories

lass ch loc an al loc in echanis ith inbetween locking

lass loc itho t e o eration an al loc in echa nism

lass loc itho t e o eration a to atic loc in ech anism

Digit 10 - Spindle operation rades are identifiedlass loc itho t hlass loc or handle or no o eration ith d ra le

springlass loc or handle o eration itho t d ra le s rinlass loc or no o eration ith hi her stress and

heavy durable springlass loc or s ecial handle o eration desi ned ro

ducers) with higher stress and heavy durable spring

i it e i entification rades are identified relatin to the n ero di ers and

levers. Grade o relates to a latch with no locking action.lass no indicated re ire entslass at least t lerslass at least t lerslass at least t lers ith e tended loc in dis arities lass at least t lerslass at least t lers ith e tended loc in dis aritieslass at least t lerslass at least t lers ith e tended loc in dis aritieslass at least t lers ith e tended loc in dis arities

CLASSIFICATIONS

STANDARDS

90

Page 93: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

STANDARDIZATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH DIN

Mortise locks can be tested according to DIN 18251 and as-si ned to loc cate ories

Grade 1• Lock for interior doors (interior door lock for infrequent-

ly used door)• Backset 55 mm• Lock cover secured in two places• Max. door weight 40 kg *)• Infrequent use

Grade 2• Lock for more frequently used interior doors (interior

door lock)• Backset 55 mm• Lock cover secured in at least two places• Door weight 40 – 50 kg *• Standard use

Grade 3• Lock for external apartment doors• Backset 55 mm• Lock cover secured in at least three places• Door weight 50 – 60 kg *• Moderate use• e tested accordin to ith fir l � ed

fittin s ith latch olt o erations and deadbolt operations

Grade 4• Lock for high user frequency and increased burglary

prevention• Backset 55 – 100 mm• Lock cover secured in at least three places• Door weight greater than 60 kg *• Frequent use• e tested accordin to ith fir l � ed

fittin s ith latch olt o erations and deadbolt operations

Grade 5• Lock for high user frequency and increased burglary

prevention• Backset 55 – 100 mm• Lock cover secured in at least three places• Door weight greater than 60 kg *• Frequent use• e tested accordin to ith fir l � ed

fittin s ith latch olt o erations and deadbolt operations.

*The door weight refers to a standard door with size 2 x 1 m

Page 94: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

SAG mortice latchlock with reversable latchbolt, for inner doors with reversable latch. Complies spec-ified re ire ents and test ethods or the d ra ilit stren th sec rit and nction o e-chanically operated locks and latches and their locking plates for use in doors. The forend of the SAG lockcase is stainless steel, the lock case itself as well as latch and dead bolt are made of steel. Is com-patible for both DIN left and right handed doors. Latchlock 1 8588FW is suitable for the integration in fire and or s o e rotection doors assed in. fire resistance test

Backset is 55, 60 and 65 mm. e er ollo er is ith steel inserts � ed in etal rin s

Deadbolt is with 2 throw.Forenend is either rounded or square - 24 mm.

BATHROOM LOCK - #1 418800

1015

MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

NOTESupplied with self securing screws.inish tanless teel rass other finishes

made to order.

3 B1C005S G 02

LOCK CASES FOR RESIDENTIAL DOORS

APPLICATIONBathroom doors

CENTER TO CENTER78 mm

COMPATIBILITYWC Rose

KEY ACTION-

DEADLOCK - #1 7588RO

1015.0001

1015.0002

APPLICATIONFlush doors

CENTER TO CENTER72 mm

COMPATIBILITYro rofile c linder

KEY ACTION-

BS EN

3 B2C005S C 00

BS EN

LATCHLOCK - #1 8588FW

1015.0003

APPLICATIONe ated and sh doors

CENTER TO CENTER72 mm

COMPATIBILITY-

KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt

BS EN

3 B-C015S C 02

92

Page 95: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1015

MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

LOCK CASES FOR RESIDENTIAL DOORSSAG mortice latchlock with reversable latchbolt, for inner doors with reversable latch. Complies spec-ified re ire ents and test ethods or the d ra ilit stren th sec rit and nction o e-chanically operated locks and latches and their locking plates for use in doors. The forend of the SAG lockcase is stainless steel, the lock case itself as well as latch and dead bolt are made of steel. Is compatible for both DIN left and right handed doors. Sashlock 1 8588WO is suitable for the integration in fire rotection doors assed in. fire resistance test

Backset is 55, 60 and 65 mm. e er ollo er is ith steel inserts � ed in etal rin s

Deadbolt is with 2 throw.Forenend is either rounded or square - 24 mm.

SASHLOCK - #1 8588W0

1015.0004

APPLICATIONe ated and sh doors

CENTER TO CENTER72 mm

COMPATIBILITYro rofile linder

KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt

3 B2C015S C 02

BS EN

NOTESupplied with self securing screws.

inish tanless teel rass other finishes are made to order.

APPLICATIONSwing doors

CENTER TO CENTER72 mm

COMPATIBILITYro rofile linder

KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt

- ------- - --

BS EN

ROLLERLATCH -SASHLOCK - #1 717800

1015.0005

NIGHT LATCH - #1 7470WK

1015.0006

APPLICATIONe ated and sh doors

CENTER TO CENTER72 mm

COMPATIBILITYro rofile linder

KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt

3 B-C005S C 02

BS EN

Page 96: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1015

MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

NARROW STILE DEADLOCK - #1 841000

Compact Class sashlock in accordance to DIN EN 12209 (class 3-00C3BA00) for narrow stile doors, for e ro rofile c linder dead olt ith antisa rotection.

The forend of the SAG lockcase is stainless steel, the lock case itself as well as latch and dead bolt are made of steel. Is compatible for both DIN left and right handed doors.

Backset is 30 and 35 mm. e er ollo er is ith steel inserts � ed in etal rin s

Deadbolt is with is with 2 throw.Forenend is 24 x 3 mm.

LOCK CASES FOR NARROW STILE DOORS

APPLICATIONNarrow stile doors

CENTER TO CENTER-

COMPATIBILITY-

KEY ACTION-

BS EN

3 B3C005S A 02

LATCHLOCK - #1 8407WO

1015.0008

1015.0007

APPLICATIONNarrow stile doors

CENTER TO CENTER92 mm

COMPATIBILITYro rofile c linder

KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt

BS EN

3 B4C005S A 02

NOTESupplied with self securing screws.inish tanless teel rass other finishes

made to order.

94

Page 97: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

BATHROOM LOCK

blaugelb® mortice latchlock with reversable latchbolt, for inner doors with reversable latch. The lock-case is made of steel with latch and deadbolt of steel and forend in stianless steel. Finish is either stiainless steel or brass. For either DIN left or right handed doors.

Backset is 55 mm Leverfollower is 8 mm Deadbolt is with 2 throw.Forenend is either rounded or square - 24 mm.

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1015

- ------- - --

LOCK CASES FOR RESIDENTIAL DOORS

APPLICATIONBathroom doors

CENTER TO CENTER78 mm

COMPATIBILITYWC Rose

KEY ACTION-

BS EN

1015.1000

NOTESupplied with self securing screws.

ther finishes ade to order.

DEADLOCK

1015.1001

- ------- - --

APPLICATIONe ated and sh doors

CENTER TO CENTER72 mm

COMPATIBILITYro rofile c linder

KEY ACTION-

BS EN

LATCHLOCK

1015.1002

- ------- - --

APPLICATIONe ated and sh doors

CENTER TO CENTER72 mm

COMPATIBILITYro rofile c linder

KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt

BS EN

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

Page 98: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

SASHLOCK - NON FIRE RATED/NON EN

1015

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

SASHLOCK

blaugelb® mortice latchlock with reversable latchbolt, for inner doors with reversable latch. The lock-case is made of steel with latch and deadbolt of steel and forend in stianless steel. Finish is either stiainless steel or brass. For either DIN left or right handed doors.

Backset is 55 mm Lever follower is 8 mm Deadbolt is with 2 throw.Forenend is either rounded or square - 24 mm.

LOCK CASES FOR RESIDENTIAL DOORS

APPLICATIONe ated and sh doors

CENTER TO CENTER72 mm

COMPATIBILITYro rofile c linder

KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt

BS EN

APPLICATIONe ated and sh doors

CENTER TO CENTER85 mm

COMPATIBILITYro rofile c linder

KEY ACTIONYes - on latchbolt

BS ENBackset is 45 mm Forenend is either rounded or square - 22 mm.

NOTESupplied with self securing screws.

ther finishes ade to order.

1015.1003

1015.1003

HEAVY DUTY ROLLER LATCH

1015.1004

APPLICATIONSwing doors

COMPATIBILITYNot lockable

BS EN

Forenend is square - 22 mm.

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

96

Page 99: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERCOMIT SRL

COUNTRY OF ORIGINItaly

WARRENTY5 years

APPLICATIONSliding doors

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSø75 mm

Sliding door kits with lock case, striking plate, sliding handles and finger pull, all made in Italy with that special Italian feel to it.

Sliding door kit round, with thumb turn and button with lock and finger pull.

Sliding door kit square, with thumb turn and button with lock and finger pull.

SLIDING DOOR KITS

SLIDING DOOR KIT ROUND

1015.2000

1015

APPLICATIONSliding doors

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONS75 x 75 mm

SLIDING DOOR KIT SQUARE

1015.2001

NOTESupplied with self securing screws.

ther finishes ade to order.

- ------- - --

BS EN

- ------- - --

BS EN

Page 100: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1015

MANUFACTURERCOMIT SRL

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

Sliding door kits with lock case, striking plate, sliding handles and finger pull, all made in Italy with that special Italian feel to it.

Sliding door kit oval, with thumb turn and button with lock and finger pull.

Sliding door kit rectangular, with thumb turn and button with lock and finger pull.

SLIDING DOOR KITS

NOTESupplied with self securing screws.

ther finishes ade to order.

SLIDING DOOR KIT OVAL

1015.2002

SLIDING DOOR KIT RECTANGULAR

1015.2003

APPLICATIONSliding doors

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONS39 x 125 mm

APPLICATIONSliding doors

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONS22 x 125 mm

- ------- - --

BS EN

- ------- - --

BS EN

98

Page 101: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CYLINDERS

Page 102: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

1016

Digit 5 - SafetyNo requirement

Digit 6 - Corrosion and temperature resistance rades are identified.

Grade 0 No corrosion or temperature resistance requirementGrade A EN 1670 grade 3 corrosion resistance (96 H NSS)

No temperature resistance requirementsrade o corrosion resistance resistance to

temperature extremesrade rade corrision resistance resistance

to te erat re e tre es

Note. No distinction is made between the inside and the out-side o either the c linder and or the door. n co letion o the test, the cylinder must operate.

Digit 7 - Key related securityConsists of a combination of several requirements.

a e in n e o e ecti e in n e o o in

i e ent e chan e pin t le

1 100 22 300 33 15.000 54 30.000 55 30.000 66 100.000 6

NoteVarious safety mechanisms integrated in the locking cylinder

DIN EN 1303 - CYLINDERS FOR LOCKSThe cylinders that GBM Solutions supply all comply with DIN EN 1303 where applicable.

Digit 1 - Category of use cate or is identified.

Grade 1 For use by people with a high incentive to exercise care and with a small chance of misuse.

Digit 2 - Durability rades are identified accordin to the n er o test c -

cles achieved.Grade 4 25 000 cyclesGrade 5 50 000 cyclesGrade 6 100 000 cycles

Digit 3 - Door massNo requirement

Digit 4 - Fire resistance rades are identified.rade ot s ita le or fire s o e resistant door asse

bliesrade ita le or fire s o e resistant door asse lies

subject to satisfactory assessment of the contribu- tion o the c linder to the fire resistance o the

s ecified fire s o e door asse lies. ch assesment is beyond the scope of this European stand-ard (see EN 1634-1).box 4), it must be possible todemonstrate compliance with the Essential Requir-ements of the Construction Products(Amendments)Regulations.

CLASSIFICATIONS

STANDARDS

100

Page 103: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

guarantee the maximum safety of a locking cylinder. Apart from a high number of pin tumblers, which reduce the risk of unauthorized unlocking, the following functions in particular re ent a orced o enin

Drilling protectionPull protection

i it ttac e i tanceConsists of a combination of several requirements.

Grade 0 1 2rillin ti e in. in.

Chissel attack - 30 blows 40 blows

Twisting attack - 20 twists 30 twists

Extraction(pull load) - 15 kN 15 kN

Torque - 20 Nm 30 Nm

TERMINOLOGYoc in c linders are cate ori ed accordin to

ont ie

ro rofile

Si e ie

Double cylinder Half cylinder

Thumb turn cylinder

he definition o i ortant co onents and characteristics of locking cylinders in this catalogue follows generally the ter inolo accordin to ith .

Page 104: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

10161016

Which locking system is the right one for your requirements? Choosing a master key system presents a great challenge to those ho a e the decision as an di erences and enefitscan often only be found in a product’s technical features. However, choosing a MANUFACTURER is also the beginning ofa long partnership as security solutions also stand out be-cause they represent a highly safe investment and are de-signed for long-term use in a master key system.

How can we best help you in making your decision?he a c linders are de ided into di erent le els o se-

curity.

ro tandard thro h to re i the ec rit ra id o ers a clear classification o the di erent sec rit

le els and ser es as a ell defined ide.

You can rely on EVVA recommendations. Companies from all over the world place their trust in the EVVA locking systems.

MASTER KEY SYSTEMS

MASTER KEY

he s ste s o er a er hi h le el o sec rit ri ht ro the ground up. However, requirements regarding security, con-enience and or anisation are distinct or di erent ind stries

and building types. As a result of years of experience, we can recommend the locking system which will best meet your company’s requirements.

Master keying is commonly used in commercial buildings, where a single key known as the Grand Master key will open all doors within the building. Sub Master key groups can be created that open a selection of doors, and then service keys ein indi id al e s to o en s ecific doors onl .

102

Page 105: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FPS - FUNCTIONAL PROFILE SYSTEMThe FPS system stands out thanks to its protected, multi-le o erla in e rofile. ith its intersectin le els this rofile ens res e rotection to le al standards there

reducing the risk of duplication.

Operational reliabilityhe a thorisation eat res on the e are erified in the

loc c linder and hat s ore on t o sec rit le elsrotected e rofile s ste

Solid pin tumbler elements

he loc in s ste str ct re is ased on the rofile s ste and the tumbler components.

Wear resistanceA special feature of this system is the large key cross-sec-tion, which minimises wear and ensures that FPS does not malfunction.

CombinationsAfter preliminary planning, extensions can be added to lock-ing systems at any time. The split pin tumblers are scannedto verify lock authorisation.

Key copying protectionhe s ste eat res t o di erent t all e ecti e rotec-

tion mechanisms to protect against duplicated keys, illegalcopies and key tampering.

FPS

BodyDrilling protectionPins

otecte lon it inal p ofile

FPS CYLINDER

FPS CYLINDER LENGTHSThe cylinder lenghts for the FPS cylinder extend in 5 mm intervals.

Page 106: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

10161016

EPS - EXTENDED PROFILE SYSTEMThe main feature of EPS is the patented, multiple overlap-in e rofile. his rofile ith intersectin le els ens res

key protection to legal standards, thereby reducing the risk of commercial replication and plagiarism.

Operational Reliabilityhe a thorisation eat res o the e are erified in the

lock cylinder – for as many as four security levels.• atented e rofile s ste• Solid pin tumbler elements• rans erse ri rofile on one or oth sides• 6-pin

Depending on complexity of requirements, the structure of the loc in s ste is ased on the rofile s ste the int ler ele ents and or the trans erse ri s.

Wear ResistanceA special feature of the system is the large key cross-sec-tion. This ensures that EPS functions fault-free and is hardlyprone to wear.

CombinatoricsThanks to a combination of various lock-query techniques, with EPS it is possible to both realise complex masterkey systems and to expand systems at any time. New lock-ing functions may be added easily.

EPS

MASTER KEY

BodyDrilling protectionPins

e ati e cont ol ele ent Si e a

EPS CYLINDER

EPS CYLINDER LENGTHSThe cylinder lenghts for the EPS cylinder extend in 5 mm intervals.

104

Page 107: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

ICS - INNER CODE SYSTEMThe ICS key body features concealed, inner recesses which make unauthorised fabrication of duplicate keys virtuallyimpossible. The key’s bevelled tip, a proprietary develop-ment, makes insertion into the cylinder particularly easy.

Functional securityhe re ersi le e s ste o ers reat sec rit irt e o

three loc in technolo ies the ro en c r e s stea ro st len th ise rofile and a in s ste i ro ed ith inner recesses. Lock authorisation requests are performed in three rows through a total of 13 spring-loaded blocking pins and additionall ia the s eciall or ed len th ise rofile.• 2 rows of pins on the side with 10 nonsplit blocking pins

sense the curves on the key’s sides.• 1 centred row of pins with 3 tracking pins test the con-

cealed, inner recesses on the key’s narrow sides.

Wear resistanceA special nickel-silver alloy makes the key and the lock cyl-inder very durable and wear resistant. With the additionals r ace finish o the loc in ele ents the hi hest de ree o wear resistance is guaranteed in daily use.

CombinationsThe 10 blocking pin positions (5 pins per side) make a myri-ad o di erent loc in ele ents a aila le. he concealed re-cesses on the key’s back re sensed by 3 split tracking pins. This permits complex organisational locking systems with overlapping hierarchies to be implemented. The concealed,inner recesses and independent key curves are simultane-ously scanned by 13 spring-loaded locking elements.

ICS

BodyDrilling protectionControl baroc in ele ent

ICS CYLINDER

ICS CYLINDER LENGTHSThe cylinder lenghts for the ICS cylinder extend in 5 mm intervals.

Page 108: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

10161016

MCS - MAGNETIC CODE SYSTEMThis unique locking technology is based on a combination of two locking technologies. Magnetic and mechanical coding provide a solution for complex and almost unlimited lockingauthorisation needs and requirements. Maximum protection against unauthorised key copying is provided by legal, or-ganisational, technical and technological measures.

Permanent magnet - by means of 4 double-sided magnet-ic tabs, which are independently magnetisable, the key is scanned 8. times. It is not possible to demagnetise these permanent magnets by using conventional methods. In ad-dition to the a netic codification le el the t o echanicalcodifications ens re • lon it dinal rofile and• locking elements for the incomparable MCS security

Operational reliabilitySituated in the cylinder, to the left and right of the key cham-ber, are 8 contactless and freely revolving magnetic rotors, which are assigned to the key’s 4 magnetic tabs. The mag-netic rotors are brought into locking position by matching the codification ith the e the o enin closin release takes place via the overlying mechanics. The special feature o each a netic field interacts ith the other fieldswhich guarantees utmost security!Furhermore, grooves are milled on both sides of the key - thus bringing the bolts into the locking position without using a spring force. Upon two complete turns of the key, the cod-ification is chec ed t ice inde endentl ro each other.

MCS

MASTER KEY

BodyHard metal elementsMagnetic rotorsoc in ele entoc in ele ent ith o e loa p otection

MCS CYLINDER

MCS CYLINDER LENGTHSThe cylinder lenghts for the ICS cylinder extend in 5 mm intervals.

106

Page 109: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

STANDARD CYLINDERS

The cylinders that GBM Solutions supply are all available as double and half cylinders and some can also be supplied as thumb turn and WC cylinder. The lenght of our cylinders are di erent t co on or all is the inter als in hich they extend. Our cylinders are available in the following ver-sions

KEYED TO DIFFERlinders to di er are all o erated indi id al e s all di -

ferent to each other.

KEYED ALIKEIn keyed alike arrangements all cylinders are operated by the same key. This gives an arrangement where one key will open a group of locks. Not to be confues with a master keyed s ite. linders an also e e ed ali e to the e ro rofile oval or rim cylinders. This is usefull where a combination of lock cases are used.

COMMON ENTRANCE SUITEo on entrance or at entrance s ites are desi ned to en-

able a tenant to use the same key for his own private doors as well as doors common to other residents within the same building. Yhe common entrance deature can be incorporated within any master key suite.

Abrasion resistance eans o the a netic fields the a netic rotors are

brought into the locking position without contact and there-by without friction. This technology ensures the utmost abra-sion resistance! Also unique is the overload protection; upon the insertion of unauthorised keys, the applied strength does not push against the bolt elements, but rather is diverted into the body thanks to the overload protection. The perma-nent magnets are not susceptible to conventional magneticfields and arantee an e tre el lon li es an. en i the e is s ected to e tre e conditions the a netisation

holds forever.

o t o a e the a ehe ei ht rotors ha e access to di erent ositions on the

magnetic tabs via several recesses – and each one has adi erent ali n ent. h s there are an infinite n er o di erentl encoded e s.

Page 110: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

e cels d e to its atented lti le o erla e rofile. thorisation is chec ed on se eral sec rit le els. he s ste has se eral enefits s ch as acti e scannin co onents and to additional scanning positions, solid, double-action pins that ensure optimum security, patented longi-t dinal rofile e s ith o ti ittin an le and inte rated chec or ta erin .

The system has technological, managed and legal key protection, thanks to copying protection, secu-rity card and patents. and ensures optimum wear resistance due to use of special nickel silver keys.

Available in compact and modular design and is patent protected until 2026.

EPS - EXTENDED PROFILE SYSTEM

MANUFACTUREREVVA GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria

WARRENTY5 years

NOTESupplied with 3 keys.

ther finishes ade to order.

1016

BS EN

6 26C-1-1 -

EPS - DZ DOUBLE CYLINDER

EPS - KDZ THUMB TURN CYLINDER

EPS - HZ HALF CYLINDER

1016.000EDZ

1016.000EKDZ

1016.000EHZ

MATERIALBrass

FINISHSatin nickel-plated

Satin brass

FUNCTIONALITY or ins ide ar

MINIMUM LENGTH27 mm

LOCKING SYSTEM ste

KEYNickel silver

KNOBSeveral types of knobs

available

SECURITY FEATURESLock security grade 6 as speci-

fied in (highest grade)

Attack resistance grade 2 as spec-ified in (highest grade)

or and fire and s o e doors approved to EN 1634-1

108

Page 111: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

ICS - INNER CODE SYSTEMhe re ersi le e s ste ro ides e ecti e rotection than s to the ni e co ination o three

di erent loc in technolo ies he s eciall sha ed hard earin len th rofile the ti e tested curve system, which scans locking authorisation, and the improved pin system. This consists of con-cealed, inner recesses on the ICS key body - a unique feature not found anywhere else in the world. As a result, it is virtually impossible to MANUFACTURER unauthorised duplicate keys.

he enefits o the s ste are an s ch as a co ination o three loc in technolo ies o ti-mum key copying protection due to the concealed scanning features on the key - both legal key pro-tection (patents) and organisational key protection (security card). The system has a beautiful shaped design with reversible key and has optimum wear resistance thanks to resistant materials. Each locking system is unique.

NOTESupplied with 3 keys.

ther finishes ade to order.

1016

MANUFACTUREREVVA GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALBrass

FINISHSatin nickel-platedSatin brass

FUNCTIONALITY13 active, spring-loaded locking elements

MINIMUM LENGTH27 mm

LOCKING SYSTEMi h ca acit

KEYNickel silver

KNOBSeveral types of knobs available

SECURITY FEATURESLock security grade 6 as speci-fied in (highest grade)

Attack resistance grade 2 as spec-ified in (highest grade)

or and fire and s o e doors approved to EN 1634-1

BS EN

6 26C-1-1 -

ICS - DZ DOUBLE CYLINDER

1016.001IDZ

ICS - KDZ THUMB TURN CYLINDER

1016.001IKDZ

ICS - HZ HALF CYLINDER

1016.001IHZ

Page 112: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MCS ensures triple security due to one magnetic and two mechanical codings. The cylinder plug fea-tures 8 rotating magnet rotors, which have 4 corresponding magnet pills in the key. When the key is ta en o t the rotors al a s end in a di erent osition. ach e a net ill can e a netised on both sides, separately from the others. If a key with appropriate magnetic coding is inserted, all the magnetic rotors are aligned with the locking position. Two control bars are pushed forward via radial trac s and the e o ens or loc s the door. echanical control ta es lace ia a rofile s ste len th rofile and a ositi e controlled loc in in scan on oth sides o the e ith ta erin control.

he enefits o are a on others the technolo ical rotection co rotection or anisational protection (security card) and legal key protection (patents) and the samarium cobalt 5 permanent magnets that ensure a long service life.

MCS - MAGNETIC CODE SYSTEM

MANUFACTUREREVVA GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria

WARRENTY5 years

NOTESupplied with 3 keys.

ther finishes ade to order.

1016MATERIAL

Brass

FINISHSatin nickel-plated

Satin brass

FUNCTIONALITY8 freely rotating, tamper-proof, mag-

netic locking elements (rotors)

MINIMUM LENGTH31 mm

LOCKING SYSTEMGMK, MK, KD, KA

KEYMagnetic & Mechanical

KNOBSeveral types of knobs

available

SECURITY FEATURESLock security grade 6 as speci-

fied in (highest grade)

Attack resistance grade 2 as spec-ified in (highest grade)

or and fire and s o e doors approved to EN 1634-1

BS EN

6 26C-1-1 -

MCS - DZ DOUBLE CYLINDER1016.002MDZ

MCS - KDZ THUMB TURN CYLINDER1016.002MKDZ

MCS - HZ HALF CYLINDER1016.002MHZ

110

Page 113: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

FPS - FUNCTIONAL PROFILE SYSTEMThe mechanical FPS locking system is designed for use in buildings and systems with a well structured and optimally implemented lock authorisation hierarchy, as well as for coded individual locking. The

lti le o erla in e rofile ith the n ista a le stron asic rofile are the stren ths o this locking system.

The features of the system are multiple overlapping keyway with special locking elements against pick-ing. The drilling protection elements made from hardened steel in the locking cylinder plug and housingand the organisational key protection by security card. Furtheremore there is legal key protection by patent.

1016

MANUFACTUREREVVA GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria

WARRENTY5 years

BS EN

6 26C-1-1 -

NOTESupplied with 3 keys.

ther finishes ade to order.

MATERIALBrass

FINISHSatin nickel-platedSatin brass

FUNCTIONALITYPin tumbler system in compact design with 5 spring loaded pins

MINIMUM LENGTH27 mm

LOCKING SYSTEMGMK, MK, KD, KA

KEYNickel silver

KNOBSeveral types of knobs available

SECURITY FEATURESLock security grade 6 as speci-fied in (highest grade)

Attack resistance grade 2 as spec-ified in (highest grade)

or and fire and s o e doors approved to EN 1634-1

FPS - DZ DOUBLE CYLINDER

1016.003FDZ

FPS - KDZ THUMB TURN CYLINDER

1016.003FKDZ

FPS - HZ HALF CYLINDER

1016.003FHZ

Page 114: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

o le linder an e o erated ith an a thorised e on one side and ith a at o ect on the Flex side.

EVVE HPM Padlock Secures elementary fastening devices, with round security shackle, operated on lo er s r ace e can onl e re o ed hen loc ed. he adloc can e fitted ith an rofile and in combination with masterkey planning.

WC CYLINDER AND HPM PADLOCK

MANUFACTUREREVVA GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIAL Stainless Steel

FINISHSatin nickel-plated

Satin brass

FUNCTIONALITY or ins sliders

MINIMUM LENGTH27 mm

CAM ROTATION360

CAM REMOVAL30

1016

HPM PADLOCK

DZ DOUBLE WC CYLINDER

MATERIAL Brass

FINISHSatin nickel-plated

SHACKLE DIAMETER8 mm

CLEARENCE HIGHT30 mm

CLEARENCE WIDTH25 mm

LOCKING ROTATION90

CAM REMOVAL45

BS EN

6 26C-1-1 -

NOTESupplied with 3 keys.

ther finishes ade to order.

1016.004DZWC

1016.005HPM

112

Page 115: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 116: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

blaugelb® PZ double and half cylinder for mortice locks.

BLAUGELB® CYLINDERS

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALSolid brass body

FINISHSatin nickel-plated

Satin brass

FUNCTIONALITY ins sliders

MINIMUM LENGTH27 mm

LOCKING SYSTEM-

KEYNickel silver

NOTESupplied with 3 keys.

ther finishes ade to order.

1016

PZ HALF CYLINDER

PZ DOUBLE CYLINDER

1016.006DZ

1016.007HZ

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

114

Page 117: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

NOTESupplied with 3 keys.

ther finishes ade to order.

1016

MANUFACTURERCES GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALBrass

FINISHSatin nickel-platedSatin brass

FUNCTIONALITY5 pins

MINIMUM LENGTH27 mm

LOCKING SYSTEMGMK

KEYNickel silver

CES double, half and thumb turn cylinder for mortice locks.

CES CYLINDERS

PZ DOUBLE CYLINDER

PZ THUMB TURN CYLINDER

PZ HALF CYLINDER

1016.008DZ

1016.009TDZ

1016.010HZ

Page 118: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 119: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

ACCESS CONTROL

Page 120: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FROM PIN TO FINGERPRINT - SECURITY LEVEL OPTIONSAs part of an access control system, a reader or ID device is used to identify an individual’s “credentials” or “proof of identity”. The device may be a keypad, a card reader or a biometric reader. It allows the access controller to identify an individual and authorize or deny them entry into the re-stricted area. In order from the lowest level of security to the highest, here are the most common ID systems used for access control

PINSThe use of a PIN code entered into a keypad alone does not o er a reat a o nt o sec rit eca se it is eas or someone to see the PIN being entered. As there is no way of identifying how many people know the PIN, it is impossible to be aware in advance of a breach of security.

arcode s ste o ers a sli htl hi her le el o sec rit where a barcode on a card is read by a swipe reader or scanner. Although a lost or stolen card can be reported and consequently disabled, the level of security is still relatively weak as a barcode can be easily copied. In addition, where swipe style readers are used, the lifespan of the card will be limited by wear and tear.

a netic stri e card s ste s o er increased sec rit o er arcodes eca se it is ch ore di c lt to co or re-

produce the information contained on the magnetic stripe. However, the storage and reading methods used are still vul-nerable to determined fraudsters and the lifespan of the card will still be limited by wear and tear.

ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS are classified nder the sa e classsifications as the door hard are in on hich the are inte rated. his eans that the access control systems supplied by GBM Solutions is classified accordin to c linder or loc s EN 18252 - locking cylinder for door locks, DIN EN 1906 - door handles and door knobs and DIN EN 179 apply for the equipement that we supply.

In addition more access control products are approved under the classification ildin hard are e-chatronic c linders. his standard s ecifies re ire ents for performance and testing of Mechatronic Cylinders and their e s and or electronic e s. t a lies to c linders or such locks designed to be normally used in buildings. It also applies to cylinders for use with other hardware products such as exit devices, door operators, etc. or monitoring fa-cilities and alarm systems.

This standard test and classify the products accroding to - amongst other - category of use, durability, mechanical key related security, system management and attack resistance. or classification re erence on the indi id al access control

systems and components supplied by us we kindly ask you to refer the individual catalogue pages.

CLASSIFICATIONS

STANDARDS

118

Page 121: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

BIOMETRICSTherefore the use of biometrics - a means of registering a unique physical facet of the person as their identity, is an even more secure method of access control.io etric technolo ies no a aila le incl de fin er rint a-

cial recognition, iris recognition, retinal scan and hand ge-ometry. One of the most convenient and reliable of these s ste s is a fin er rint reader that can e sed or access control wherever high security is paramount, while smart card access can be used elsewhere on the same premises.

At GBM Solutions we are able to supply all of the above sys-te s and or co inations o s ste s to ens re o et the access control s ste that o need or that s ecific ro ect. Not two projects are alike and though years of experience we are able to tailor the system that will be right for your project.

RFID/NFCSmart card readers (RFID) and the use of NFC technology

here o r s art hone is sed or accessin o er a ch more secure system. Even the most basic proximity card systems use some method of authentication before read-in a card. t is er di c lt to co ro i it cards and the more advanced technologies use complex authentication systems to prevent unauthorized cards from being illegally enabled on a system.Contactless smart card technologies increase security by using even more sophisticated authentication methods to-gether with complex data encryption. Organizations such as banks and government departments generally use smart card technologies in their security systems.

Combining smart card with codes provides added security where lost and stolen cards can’t be used if the PIN is not no n. his is a si ilar conce t to that sed ith hi and

PIN’ bank cards. With even the highest levels of authenti-cation and encryption, there is no means of checking that a card, however smart, is being used by the rightful owner, even with an accompanying PIN.

Therefore the use of biometrics - a means of registering a unique physical facet of the person as their identity, is an even more secure method of access control.io etric technolo ies no a aila le incl de fin er rint a-

cial recognition, iris recognition, retinal scan and hand ge-ometry. One of the most convenient and reliable of these s ste s is a fin er rint reader that can e sed or access control wherever high security is paramount, while smart card access can be used elsewhere on the same premises.

Page 122: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

DS200 locking unit with PIN code function as well as RFID programming and RFID master key function, captive keypad, matt Stainless Stell housing, installation on doors with mortice locks according to DIN

or fire rotection doors accordin to .

DS 300 locking unit with RFID with contactless alarm sensor. Matt Stainless Stell housing, installation on doors ith ortice loc s accordin to or fire rotection doors accordin to .

SAFE-O-TRONIC ACCESS DS200

MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIAL Stainless Steel

FINISHSatin stainless steel

ANTENNA COVERPlastic

MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand

BATTERY TYPEStandard alkaline on the inside

of door

BATTERY LIFEApp. 3 years

OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius

PROTECTION CLASS IP43 according to

DIN 60529

DOOR THICKNESSFrom 38 mm to 86 mm

MODELSSAFE-O-TRONIC DS200 & DS 300

are available in 3 models with di erent classifications accordin to

DIN 1906

SAFE-O-TRONIC ACCESS DS300

4 U041C-7

1017

SAFE-O-TRONIC ACCESS DEVICES

NOTE is a ro ed or se on fire

and smoke protection doors as well as on emer-gency exit locks according to DIN EN 179.

1017.0005

1017.0006

120

Page 123: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

DS400 locking unit with PIN code function as well as RFID programming and RFID master key function, captive keypad, matt Stainless Stell housing, installation on doors with mortice locks according to DIN

or fire rotection doors accordin to

DS 300 DND locking unit with RFID and do not disturb function, with contactless alarm sensor. Matt tainless tell ho sin installation on doors ith ortice loc s accordin to or fire ro-

tection doors according to DIN 18273.

1017

MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

4 U451C-7

MATERIAL Stainless Steel

FINISHSatin stainless steel

ANTENNA COVERPlastic

MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand

BATTERY TYPEStandard alkaline on the outside of door

BATTERY LIFEApp. 3 years

OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius

PROTECTION CLASS IP43 according to DIN 60529

DOOR THICKNESSFrom 38 mm to 86 mm

MODELSAFE-O-TRONIC D400i s available in 3

odels ith di erent classifications according to DIN 1906

SAFE-O-TRONIC DS300 DND is available in 1 model.

SAFE-O-TRONIC ACCESS DS400

SAFE-O-TRONIC ACCESS DS300 DND

NOTE is a ro ed or se on fire

and smoke protection doors as well as on emer-gency exit locks according to DIN EN 179.

1017.0007

1017.0008

4 U041C-7

SAFE-O-TRONIC ACCESS DEVICES

Page 124: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

The digital anti panic euro profile cylinder has been specially developed for escape and rescue routes. The AP2 cylinder is freely rotating on both the sides so that the lock can be locked and unlocked from both the sides using an authorised transponder.

In addition to opening and closing locking devices, it also offers a large number of intelli-gent functions, such as access control with logging for up to 3,000 locking events, time zone control, event management and door monitoring, with the actual functions depending on the design fitted.Digital locking cylinder with sealed electronic component assembly for doors in accordance with DIN 18250 with Euro Profile locks in accordance with DIN 18251. It evaluates the radio signals from transponders and grants or refuses access.

ANTI PANIC & FD DOUBLE KNOB CYLINDER

MANUFACTURERSIMONSVOSS GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1017

6 -26C-1-1

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin staineless steel

KNOB DIAMETER30 mm

BASIC INST. LENGTH30 - 30 mm

BATTERY TYPE2xLithium, 3V

BATTERY LIFE300,000 activations

OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius

PROTECTION CLASS IP54

NETWORKCan be directly networked with integratedLock Node (Network

Knob Cover WN(M).LN.I)

ANTI PANIC EURO PROFILE DOUBLE KNOB CYLINDER

NOTEIs case of panic situation the door can be opened without a transponder using using the anti pani lock function.Supplied with 3 keys

1017.0100

1017.0101

FD EURO PROFILE DOUBLE KNOB CYLINDER

122

Page 125: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

DOOR MONITORING DOUBLE KNOB CYLINDER Door monitoring cylinder is a new bench-mark in cylinder tecnology - apart from its normal locking and access control function, this cylinder also offers you a compact door monitoring system.

The digital locking half cylinder with locking and access control function, also offers you a compact door monitoring system.

1017

84

6 -26C-1-1

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin staineless steel

KNOB DIAMETER30 mm

BASIC INST. LENGTH30 - 35 mm

BATTERY TYPE2xLithium, 3V

BATTERY LIFE300,000 activations

OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius

PROTECTION CLASS IP54

NETWORKCan be directly networked with integratedLock Node (Network Knob Cover WN(M).LN.I)

MANUFACTURERSIMONSVOSS GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

EURO PROFILE DOUBLE KNOB CYLINDER

EURO PROFILE HALF CYLINDER

NOTEA sensor in the fasteningscrew reliably mon-itors the door status and any changes to this status.

1017.0102

1017.0103

Page 126: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

COMFORT DOUBLE KNOB CYLINDER

MANUFACTURERSIMONSVOSS GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1017

6 -26C-1-1

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin staineless steel

KNOB DIAMETER30 mm

BASIC INST. LENGTH30 - 30 mm

BATTERY TYPE2xLithium, 3V

BATTERY LIFE300,000 activations

OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius

PROTECTION CLASS IP54

NETWORKCan be directly networked with

integratedLock Node (Network Knob Cover

WN(M).LN.I)

EURO PROFILE DOUBLE KNOB CYLINDER

EURO PROFILE HALF CYLINDER

1017.0104

1017.0105

Is uniquly designed with features permanently engaged internal side, which is freely program-mable, provides access control and time zone management and events logging, protection.

Digital half cylinder with an enclosed electronics assembly for special applications, such as use on garage doors or in lockers, freely programmable, active transponder used as medium, access control, time zone management and events logging.

NOTEAs there is no wiring whatsoever, mounting and replacement is completed in next to no time, whether you are installing a cylinder for the first time or retrofitting

124

Page 127: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1017

MANUFACTURERSIMONSVOSS GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

A digital “key” for all systems. Choose the optimum identification medium for your locking system and each task – an active transponder, PIN code keypad, a biometric wall reader or other devices. The freely programmable transmitters address locks via radio, secure against interception.

Ultra-slim PIN code keypad can be installed indoors as well as outdoors and can even attached to glass doors without any wiring. Provides greater security with the PIN code terminal, which can also be combined with the use of a transponder when the number combination is entered.

Battery operated and made from durable plast materials.

TRANSPONDER

ACTIVE IDENTIFICATION MEDIA

FINISHBlue, red and brown

DIMENSIONS42 x 13,7 mm

BASIC INST. LENGTHa . c to the loc in c linder

Smart Hand and max. 120 cm to Smart Relay

PROTECTION CLASS -

NETWORK-

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

FINISHSilver

DIMENSIONS96 x 95.7 x 14 mm

BASIC INST. LENGTHa . c to the loc in c linder

Smart Hand and max. 120 cm to Smart Relay

NUMBER OF KEYPAD USERS di erent s

NUMBER OF TERMINALUSERS

di erent s

SECURITYManipulation AlarmCable free surface mount

PIN CODE KEYPAD & TERMINAL

NOTEYou can block lost media and modify access authorisations quickly and conveniently just by clicking on the locking plan.

- --------

1017.0106

1017.0107

Page 128: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Biometric Reader protects individual, restricted-access rooms with up to 50 users. An ID is allocated to each finger scanned into the system. This allows users to operate all SimonsVoss locking components using their fingerprint.

BIOMETRIC READER

MANUFACTURERSIMONSVOSS GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

NOTEBattery operated and installed without ca-bling, this reader is also highly suitable as a retrofit to existing 3060 systems

1017

- --------

FINISHSilver

DIMENSIONS96 x 95.7 x 21.5 mm

BASIC INST. LENGTHa . c to the loc in c linder

Smart Hand and max. 120 cm to Smart Relay

BATTERY TYPE1xLithium, 3V

BATTERY LIFE300,000 activations

OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius

ACTIVE IDENTIFICATION MEDIA

1017.0108

126

Page 129: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1017

MANUFACTURERILOQ Ltd.

COUNTRY OF ORIGINFinland

WARRENTY5 years

CYLINDERSThe iLOQ K10 keys are battery-less operating digital keys with integrated SHA-1 Chip. As all keys are mechanically identical, no individual cut is needed. Made from stainless steel and compatible with all Iloq C10S.

he i loc c linder is co ati le ith ro rofile c linder standards ena lin eas installation to e istin ro rofile c linder en iron ents. ro ra a le sel o ered electro-mechanic lock cylinder

SECURITYSHA-1 crytographic engine, 64bit unique secret

ACCESS GROUPSMax 15 groups per key

PROGRAMMEDiLOQ S10 management software

iLOQ P10 programming devicevia iLOQ N001 network module

CATEGORYGrade 2

DURABILITYGrade 6 > 200.000 openings

TEMPRATURE to

ILOQ K10S 1 KEYS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

KNOB DIAMETER39,5 mm

PROGRAMIloq P10S programmer

BASIC INST. LENGTH30 mm (extendable with 5 or 10 mm pcs. )

AUDIT CAPACITY512-572 events

TEMPRATUREcelsius

CAPACITY128 entries

6 23FA4B1

NOTEThe award winning iLOQ S10 locking system offers advanced security and convenient ac-cess management for master-key locking environments.

ILOQ D10S 300

1017.0400

1017.0401

Page 130: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERILOQ Ltd.

COUNTRY OF ORIGINFinland

WARRENTY5 years

NOTEOptional RTC (real time clock) enabling time restricted access as well as time stamped audit trail

1017

1017.0402

ILOQ D10S 200 - EUROPROFILE DOUBLE CYLINDER

The unique, patented, self-powered iLOQ D10S lock cylinder is powered by harvesting electricity from inserting of the iLOQ K10S key. Being self-powered, the iLOQ D10S cylinder eliminates work, costs, wastes and harms associated with battery powered or cabled solutions.

CYLINDERS

KNOB DIAMETER39,5 mm

PROGRAMIloq P10S programmer

BASIC INST. LENGTH30 mm

(extendable with 5 or 10 mm pcs. )

AUDIT CAPACITY512-572 events

TEMPRATUREcelsius

CAPACITY128 entries

ILOQ D10S 101 - EUROPROFILE HALF-CYLINDER WITH CONNECTORKNOB DIAMETER

39,5 mm

PROGRAMIloq P10S programmer

BASIC INST. LENGTH30 mm

(extendable with 5 or 10 mm pcs. )

AUDIT CAPACITY512-572 events

TEMPRATUREcelsius

CAPACITY128 entries

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

1017.0403

6 23FA4B1

128

Page 131: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

1017

Page 132: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Ball Contact 10405.11 is characterized particularly by its hardwearing design with steel ball and screw thread or e i le settin to a ide ran e o di erent door eo etries. i h s itchin o t t ste -lessly adjustable, long service life. Made from satin stainless steel and has a 1 million switching life span. Has a procetion class IP40

or direct o er trans ission ro the door ra e to the door lea . st resistant e i le etal hose. i in ca s or o ntin on door ra e and door lea r st resistant e i le etal hose

Concealed cable transition enables supply cables to be fed from the door frame to the door leaf safely and sec rel . he concealed fittin in the door re ate a es the s l ca le naccessi le hen the door is closed and is secure against tampering. Cable is protected by metal spiral hose. Made from stainless steel.

BALL CONTACT 10405.11

MANUFACTURER

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

CONTACT RATING

RESPONSE PATH1 mm

ADJUSTMENT PATH13 mm

DIAMETER18 mm

TYPE OF CONNECTIONScrew terminal

CONTACT TYPEChange-over contact

NOTE

CABLE CONNECTOR 10318

1017

MATERIALBrass

FINISHNickel coated

VERSIONor o en fittin

LENGTH30 mm

INSIDE DIAMETER7 mm

SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES

CONCEALED CABLE TRANSITION 0312.10INSTALLATION DISH

One sided

CABLE DIAMETER7 mm

MAX. HORIZONTAL ROTATION100 mm

MEASUREMENTS

FIRE RATED DOORSSuitable

1017.0200

1017.0202

1017.0201

130

Page 133: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

NOTE

1017

MANUFACTURER

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

DOOR STRIKE BUTTON 1010

Push Button 1010 is a surface-mounted push-button with key symbol. Made from white plastic.

sh tton is a sh o nted sh tton ith e s ol ade ro hite lastic.

These stabilised power supply units are used for access control, escape route systems and electric strike systems where a low-noise locking component is required. Made from plastic. Protection class IP 20

SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES

MOUNTINGSurface mounted

WIDTH61 mm

HEIGHT61 mm

DEPTH22 mm

CONTACT TYPEChange-over contact

MOUNTINGFlush mounted

WIDTH81 mm

HEIGHT81 mm

DIAMETER55 mm

CONTACT TYPEChange-over contact

DOOR STRIKE BUTTON 1011

POWER SUPPLY 1003 12 VMOUNTING METHODTop hat rail

OVERLOAD PROTECTIONElectronic

MEASUREMENTS

PROTECTION RATING nstalation rotection

OPERATING VOLTAGE100-240 V AC

RATED OUTPUT15 W

RATED VOLTAGE12 V DC (regulated)

RATED CURRENTmax. 1.25 AA

1017.0203

1017.0204

1017.0205

Page 134: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

VdS class A - The set consists of a round reed contact, permanent magnet, 2 flange casings, 2 surface mounted casings and 2 spacers, it is suitable surface mounted and mortise fitting in ood or al ini indo s and doors. ade ro re hite lastic ith a eter connection cable. Protection class IP 67

Holding magnet with a holding power of 6500 N - locking doors and gates outdoors, Water-proof for se o tdoors. ade ro stainless steel. rotection ratin . ta le or fire doors.

VdS class A magnet with 5000 N holding power - The set consists of a round reed contact, permanent Holding magnet suitable for locking doors, surface mounting with monitoring.

ade ro al ini . ita le or fire doors.

REED CONTACT MODEL 10380A

MANUFACTURER

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

NOTE

GATE MAGNET 6500 N

1017CONTACT RATING

SENSING DISTANCE15 mm

VdS CLASSClass A

VdS APPROVALG104729

WIRES2 wires

OPERATING TEMPRATURE0-40 Celcius

MEASUREMENTS

HALL SENSORNo

OPERATING VOLTAGE12 or 24 V DC

CURRENTCONSUMPTION 12 V DC

500 mA

CURRENTCONSUMPTION 24 V DC

250 mA

CONNECTION LEADapprox 90 cm

SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES

MAXI MAGNET 5000 N

MEASUREMENTS

HALL SENSORNo

RATED OPERATING VOLTAGE12 or 24 V DC

CURRENTCONSUMPTION 12 V DC

500 mA

CURRENTCONSUMPTION 24 V DC

250 mA

1017.0206

1017.0207

1017.0208

132

Page 135: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

NOTE

1017

MANUFACTURER

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MINI MAGNET 3000N

Holding magnet with 3000 N holding power- locking doors and gates outdoors, Water-proof for use o tdoors. ade ro al ini . ita le or fire doors.

SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES

MEASUREMENTS

HALL SENSORYes

RATED OPERATING VOLTAGE12 or 24 V DC

CURRENTCONSUMPTION 12 V DC500 mA

CURRENTCONSUMPTION 24 V DC250 mA

CONNECTIING CABLE90 cm

1017.0209

Page 136: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Mounting bracket modelsZ-shaped mounting brackets, for mounting on flush-surface door elements, for inwards-open-ing doors, for mini magnets (aluminium version) MANUFACTURER

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

NOTE

1017

MAGAC Z500

MAGAC L300

LENGTH185 mm

WIDTH48 mm

HIGHT55 mm

LENGTH185 mm

WIDTH64 mm

HIGHT64 mm

LENGTH250 mm

WIDTH48 mm

HIGHT30 mm

MAGAC Z300

1017.0210

1017.0211

1017.0212

SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES

134

Page 137: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1017

MANUFACTURER

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

Z-shaped mounting brackets, for mounting on flush-surface door elements, for inwards-open-ing doors, for mini magnets (aluminium version)

MOUNTING BRACKET MODELS

MAGAC L500

MAGAC L1200

LENGTH266 mm

WIDTH76 mm

HIGHT38 mm

LENGTH220 mm

WIDTH45 mm

HIGHT70 mm

NOTE

1017.0214

1017.0215

Page 138: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Minimum fitting size - maximum effect effeff Standard Electric Strike 128 with FaFix, univer-sal olta e scre in er inal l in connection co ati le ith c rrent ortise loc s compatible with available striking plates, symmetrical design. Made of steel. Installation postition is both horizontal and vertical, DIN left and right.

Minimum fitting size - maximum effect effeff Standard Electric Strike 138 with FaFix, univer-sal olta e scre in er inal l in connection co ati le ith c rrent ortise loc s compatible with available striking plates, symmetrical design. Made of steel. Installation postition is both horizontal and vertical, DIN left and right.

FAIL LOCKED 118/128 WITH FAFIX

MANUFACTURER

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

NOTE

FAIL LOCKED 118/138 WITH FAFIX

- -------

1017BREAK IN RESISTANCE

3750N

MEASUREMENTS

FaFix ADJUSTMENT RANGE3 mm

LATCH BOLT ENGAGING DEPTH5.5mm

TEMPRATURE RANGE to

TEST CYCLES250.000

BREAK IN RESISTANCE3750N

MEASUREMENTS

FaFix ADJUSTMENT RANGE3 mm

LATCH BOLT ENGAGING DEPTH5.5mm

TEMPRATURE RANGE to

TEST CYCLES250.000

SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES

CERTIFICATION

1017.0216

1017.0217

136

Page 139: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

NOTEThe full version is available with different backsets and a comprehensive range of ac-cessories.

1017

MANUFACTURER

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES

VERSIONro rofile linder

BACKSET55mm, 60mm, 65mm

BOLT THROW20mm

FOLLOWER9mm with reducer to 8mm

CENTER TO CENTER72mm

FACE PLATE WIDTH24mm

VERSIONro rofile linder

BACKSET30mm, 35mm, 40mm, 45 mm

BOLT THROW20mm

FOLLOWER9mm with reducer to 8mm

CENTER TO CENTER92mm

FACE PLATE WIDTH24mm

PANIC FUNCTIONYes

MEDIATOR LOCK 609-502PZ

MEDIATOR LOCK 609-502PZ

ll door to atic loc in s ste olt and latch are loc ed there ore hi her le el o se-curity, mechanical follow up control between double action latch and control latch, integrated panic function via internal door handle. Made of steel

The lock in its tubular frame version is available with different backsets and a comprehensive range of accessories. Made of steel. Suitable for fire door.

CERTIFICATION

1017.0218

1017.0219

- --------

Page 140: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Full door - This lock with handle control is used especially in situations where the advantages of handle-controlled unlocking have to be combined with the mechanical security require-ments. Made of steel. Includes panic function and is suitable for fire doors.

The tubular security lock with handle control 709X is used especially in situations where the advantages of handle-controlled unlocking have to be combined with the mechanical security requirements. Made of steel. Includes panic function and is suitable for fire doors.

SECURITY LOCK 709X - FULL

MANUFACTURER

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

NOTEThe integrated monitoring contacts enable information to be provided on the important locking states.

SECURITY LOCK 709X - TUBULAR

1017

179

1125

VERSIONro rofile linder

BACKSET60mm, 65mm, 80mm, 100 mm

BOLT THROW20mm

FOLLOWER9mm with reducer to 8mm

CENTER TO CENTER72mm

VERSIONro rofile linder

BACKSET35mm, 40mm, 45 mm

BOLT THROW20mm

FOLLOWER9mm with reducer to 8mm

CENTER TO CENTER92mm

2 7100RPB340

2 7100RPB340

CERTIFICATION

CERTIFICATION

SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES

1017.0220

1017.0221

138

Page 141: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1017

MANUFACTURER

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

TECHNILOCK L4BREAK IN RESISTANCE20000N

BOLT STATUS MESSAGEloc ed nloc ed

DOOR STATUS MESSAGEo en closed

BOLT THROW20mm

OPERATING VOLTAGE24 V DC, stabilized

SPACING BETWEEN FACE PLATE & STRIKING PLATEMin 2 mm & Max. 5.5 mm

TEMPRATURE RANGE to Celsius

BACKSET-FAIL LOCKED30mm, 35mm, 40mm, 60mm

ith latch ro rofilr c l-inder

BACKSET-FAIL UNLOCKED30mm, 35mm, 40mm, 60mm

ith latch ro rofilr c l-inder

CERTIFICATION

NOTEExtremely high resistance to attempted in-trusion and manipulation, destruction-re-sistant up to 20,000 N

TECHNILOCK bolt can be operated with a simple switch, a TECHNILOCK control panel, card readers and code-keyboards etc., but also with a traditional profile cylinder or lever handle. Made of steel.

SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES

1017.0222

- --------

Page 142: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MAGNETIC STRIP

MANUFACTURERDENI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

NOTE

ELECTRIC OPENER - WITHOUT MECHANICAL OPENER

- -------

1017HOLDING FORCE

300 kg

CONNECTING CABLE90 cm

HALL SENSORYes

FIRE DOOR SUITABLEYes

RATED OPERATING VOLTAGE12 or 24 V DC

MATERIAL Galvanized steel

MEASUREMENTS

ADJUSTMENT RANGE3 mm

OPERATING VOLTAGE

STAND BY CURRENT

SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES

CERTIFICATION

1017.0300

1017.0301

a netic stri or se on fire doors.

Electric opener - without mechanical opener. Symmetrical model therefore DIN left and right adjustable.

Electric opener - slim design. or lastic al ini rofiles. etrical odel there ore le t and ri ht ad sta le.

MATERIAL Galvanized steel

MEASUREMENTS

ADJUSTMENT RANGE2 mm

OPERATING VOLTAGE

STAND BY CURRENT

ELECTRIC OPENER - SLIM DESIGN

1017.0302

140

Page 143: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

NOTE

1017

MANUFACTURERDENI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES

ELECTRIC OPENER - NON ADJUSTABLE

Electric opener - non adjustable is without mechanical opener.

Electric opener - adjustable by 3 mm - without mechanical opener.

Power bridge - For direct power transmission from the door frame to the door leaf. Rust-resistant, e i le etal hose. i in ca s or o ntin on door ra e and door lea r st resistant e i le

metal hose

CERTIFICATION

1017.0303

1017.0304

MATERIAL Galvanized steel

MEASUREMENTS

ADJUSTMENT RANGE-

OPERATING VOLTAGE

MATERIAL Galvanized steel

MEASUREMENTS

ADJUSTMENT RANGE3 mm

OPERATING VOLTAGE

ELECTRIC OPENER - ADJUSTABLE

MATERIALBrass

FINISHNickel coated

VERSIONor o en fittin

LENGTH30 mm

INSIDE DIAMETER7 mm

POWER BRIDGE

1017.0305

- --------

Page 144: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

STRIKE PLATE 110

MANUFACTURERDENI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

NOTE

- -------

1017MATERIAL

Stainless steel

LENGTH110 mm

WIDTH25 mm

COMPATIBILITYDIN left and right hand

SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES

CERTIFICATION

1017.0306

1017.0307

Strike plates are made from satin stainless steel. Are DIN left and right hand compatible.

a le connector e i le hose or otto o ntin or o er trans ission ca les ro the door frame to the door leaf. Hose is made of nickle-plated brass. Vandalisme protected. Incl. fastening material

CABLE CONNECTOR

1017.0308

STRIKE PLATE 160

MATERIALStainless steel

LENGTH160 mm

WIDTH25 mm

COMPATIBILITYDIN left and right hand

MATERIALBrass

FINISHNickel coated

VERSIONor o en fittin

LENGTH450 mm

INSIDE DIAMETER7 mm

142

Page 145: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

NOTE

1017

MANUFACTURERDENI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

SECURITY LOCKS ACCESSORIES

POWER SUPPLY 12V

These stabilised power supply units are used for access control, escape route systems and electric strike systems where a low-noise locking component is required. Made from plastic. Protection class IP 20

CERTIFICATION

1017.0309

MOUNTING METHODTop hat rail

OVERLOAD PROTECTIONElectronic

INPUT220 V AC

OUTPUT12 V AC

HOUSINGPlastic

- --------

Page 146: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

SAFE-O-TRONIC access combines pin code and RFID technology in a unique way setting new global standards in safeguarding and organizing cabinets, safe deposit boxes, lockers and furniture. Thanks to the inclusion of emerging NFC technology, managing access is even possible using mobile phones.

The cabinet locking devices stands out due to easy handling, a high degree of operating safety and user friendliness, as well as minimum maintenance.

The slim SAFE-O-TRONIC LS design locks can be used for right-hand and left-hand cabinet doors made from all customary materials and is ideally suitable for specially shaped cabinet doors.

CABINET LOCKING DEVICES

MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

SAFE-O-TRONIC LS200 - PIN CODE LOCKING DEVICE WITH RFID

1017

SAFE-O-TRONIC LS100 - PIN CODE LOCKING DEVICE

NOTE

1017.0001

1017.0002

MATERIALAluminium

FINISHBrushed(white)

ANTENNA COVERBlack or white plastic

MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand

BATTERY TYPEStandard AAA alkaline

BATTERY LIFEApp. 3 years

OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius

PROTECTION CLASS IP43

144

Page 147: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1017

MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

SAFE-O-TRONIC access combines pin code and RFID technology in a unique way setting new global standards in safeguarding and organizing cabinets, safe deposit boxes, lockers and furniture. Thanks to the inclusion of emerging NFC technology, managing access is even possible using mobile phones.

The cabinet locking devices stands out due to easy handling, a high degree of operating safety and user friendliness, as well as minimum maintenance.

The slim SAFE-O-TRONIC LS design locks can be used for right-hand and left-hand cabinet doors made from all customary materials and is ideally suitable for specially shaped cabinet doors.

SAFE-O-TRONIC LS300 - LOCKING DEVICE WITH RFID/NFC

SAFE-O-TRONIC LS400 - COMBINED RFID/NFC AND PIN CODE LOCKING DEVICE

CABINET LOCKING DEVICES

NOTE

1017.0003

1017.0004

MATERIALAluminium

FINISHBrushed(white)

ANTENNA COVERBlack or white plastic

MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand

BATTERY TYPEStandard AAA alkaline

BATTERY LIFEApp. 3 years

OPERATION TEMPRATURE to Celsius

PROTECTION CLASS IP43

Page 148: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

de osit and coin collect loc ith coin insertion or as tic et coin loc .

ed ction o sta costs thro h sel ser ice and coin choice and rther i es o rotection a ainst e loss and lia ilit ris s. he also has o tional coin collect nction or hi her rofits and ore con enience he ser can o en the loc er as o ten as anted itho t a in a ain.

CABINET LOCKING DEVICES

MANUFACTURERSAG GMBH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

1017

SAFE-O-MAT DEPOSIT & COIN COLLECT LOCK

NOTE

1017.0000

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHBlack

MOUNTINGDIN left and right hand

146

Page 149: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

DOOR CLOSERS

Page 150: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

he se o these rac ets fi . or fi . a lications can often weaken the strength of a closer and require that a size higher than that needed for the weight of the door is nec-essary. Some types of door closers can vary their strength number by altering the position of the closer on the door by means of moving it along a bracket. This is convenient where the size required is uncertain and facilitates a greater ran e o ad st ent at the ti e o fittin . icall these closers can be designated 2-4 size or even 2-6 size in certain circumstances.

BACK CHECK

Door closers can be supplied with an optional “back check” action included between app. 70 and 90 . This back check action provides resistance within the door closer to prevent the door leaf from being thrown open . This prevents dam-age to the door, door frame and door handles caused by people kicking or throwing the door open and also by the door being violently blown open by the wind. The angle and resistance of the back check can be varied according to your requirements. When using a door closer with a back check facility it is worth remembering that this facility puts extra strain on the door hinges - remember to allow for this when choosing your hinges!

Door closers are mainly used in commercial and public build-ings, but may also be used around the home where circum-stances make their use desirable. They have a variety of uses and applications, one of the main ones being to keep a door closed to li it the s read o fire and dra ht thro h-o t a ildin . e ha e an di erent t es o door closer available ranging from the simplest gate spring up to the

ore ind strial oor s rin s.

The power of a door closer should relate to the width and ei ht o the door onto hich it is to e fitted. he chart

taken from the DIN EN 1154 provides a guide to selecting the correct and appropriate product.

POWER SIZESDoor closer Recommended Max Test door

o e i e a oo i th a

2 850 403 950 604 1100 805 1250 1006 1400 1207 1600 160

a door closer is ein fitted to a fire door then it is s -all reco ended that a ini o a si e is fitted. ir pressure on the door from wind is also a consideration which could lead to a higher size number than the actual door weight being needed. Restrictions in the design of certain buildings may lead to arrangements where special brackets are needed to mount the door closer.

CLASSIFICATIONS

STANDARDS

70

90

148

Page 151: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

DELAYED ACTION

or slo o in tra c s ch as strollers and heel chairs it is best choosing a door closer which has a “delayed action”. This allows the door to remain open for a preset period of time before closing at an adjustable speed. Such a system will allow people in wheelchairs or the elderly to get through the door before it starts to close.

LATCH ACTION

Latch action provides for the adjustment of the app. last 10of the closing cycle. This allow the closer to be adjusted to overcome a latch or intumescent seal.

DIN EN 1154 - DOOR CLOSERS oor closers need to e tested certified accordin to

code s ste . he standard classifies door closers

means of a 6 digit coding system. The digits relate to a par-ticular feature of the product measured against the stand-ards performance requirements.

Digit 1 - Category of useGrade 3 is for doors closing from at least 105 and grade 4 is for doors closing from 180

Digit 2 - DurabilityGrade 8 indicates that 500,000 test cycles are completed

i it Te t oo a i ehis identifies se en rades o o er as indicated in the ta-

ble provided on opposite side.

th i it i e eha iorade is not s ita le or se on fire s o e doors rade is s ita le or se on fire s o e doors. his eat re is as-

sessed outside of EN 1154.

5th Digit - SafetyAll door closers are required to satisfy the essential require-ment of safety in use and then designated Grade 1.

6th Digit - Corrosion resistancei e rades are identified rade no defined resistance

Grade 1 = mild resistance Grade 2 = moderate resistanceGrade 3 = high resistanceGrade 4 = very high resistance.

65

90

10

Page 152: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

he is a hi hl ada ta le oor s rin s ita le or all standard sin le and do -ble-action doors with widths up to 1100 mm, with its closing force individually regulated by means of an adjustment screw.

he is a do le action oor s rin hich has een s eciall de elo ed or the al in-ium and toughened glass door industries.

DORMA BTS 75 V

MANUFACTURERDORMA GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

1018

8 41143

MAX LEAF WIDTH1100 mm

MAX LEAF WEIGHT

OPENING ANGLE70 to 150

POWER SIZE

LATCHING ACTION d sta le

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

DELAYED ACTION-

BACKCHECK d sta le echanical

HOLD OPENAdjustable, optional

ARM TYPEStandard Arm

DIMENSIONS BTS 75 VLength - 285 mm

Overall Depth - 82 mmHeight - 50 mm

DIMENSIONS BTS 84Length - 306 mmWidth - 108 mmHeight - 40 mm

DORMA FLOOR SPRINGS

DORMA BTS 84

NOTEThe DORMA BTS 75 V is CERTIFIRE approved

BTS 84 is also available with stronger and weaker springs for special requirements.

1018.0100

1018.0101

150

Page 153: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

DORMA BTS 80

he eries o oor concealed door closers o er ada ta ilit to al ost an installation. he closer’s compact body permits its use where a larger closer would be prohibitive. Versatility allows installation in thin sla concrete s oor constr ction

1018

MANUFACTURERDORMA GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MAX LEAF WIDTH1400 mm

MAX LEAF WEIGHT300 Kg

OPENING ANGLE75 to 105

POWER SIZEEN 3-6

LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

DELAYED ACTIONAdjustable

BACKCHECKAdjustable, mechanical

HOLD OPENAdjustable, optional

ARM TYPEStandard Arm

DIMENSIONS BTS 80Length - 341 mmOverall Depth - 78 mmHeight - 60 mm

8 41143

DORMA FLOOR SPRINGS

1018.0102

NOTE

Page 154: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERDORMA GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

DORMA ITS 96 2-4

The closer and slide channel of the ITS 96 are of such compact design that they can be installed for complete visual concealment in the door and frame. ITS 96 system can be installed in virtually all doors with a leaf thickness of 40 mm or more.

NOTECan be incorporated within the door pre-fabri-cation process, allowing complete installation in the factory.

1018MAX LEAF WIDTH

1100 mm

MAX LEAF THICKNESS50 mm

MAX LEAF WEIGHT

OPENING ANGLE120

POWER SIZE

LATCHING SPEEDAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

CLOSING FORCEAdjustable

DELAYED ACTIONAdjustable

BACKCHECKAdjustable, mechanical

HOLD OPENMechanical, Available

ARM TYPESlide channel

DIMENSIONS ITS 96 2-4Length - 277 mm

Width - 32 mmHeight - 42 mm

DIMENSIONS ITS 96 3-6Length - 291 mmWidth - 39,5 mmHeight - 51 mm

8 41133

DORMA ITS 96 3-6

DORMA CONCEALED DOOR CLOSERS

1018.0103

1018.0104

152

Page 155: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

DORMA TS 71

ith the has de elo ed a door closer that ro nds o its lassic ine series er ectl . he ease and s eed ith hich it can e � ed the act that its s rin stren th can e so easil ada ted to the door size and its competitive price should make the TS 71 the ideal choice for your application.

The DORMA TS 72 is the ideal multi-purpose door closer for all standard door designs and construc-tions. itho t a ac late it is artic larl eas and ic to fi .

NOTEThe DORMA TS 71 is CERTIFIRE approved

1018

MANUFACTURERDORMA GmbH

OUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MAX LEAF WIDTH1100 mm

MAX LEAF WEIGHT80 Kg

POWER SIZE

LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECK d sta le

HOLD OPENOptional

ARM TYPEStandard arm

DIMENSIONS TS 71Length - 232 mmOverall depth - 45 mmHeight - 68 mm

DIMENSIONS TS 72Length - 232 mmOverall depth - 45 mmHeight - 68 mm

DORMA TS 72

8 21134

DORMA DOOR CLOSERS

1018.0105

1018.0106

Page 156: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

is a ni ersal sol tion or doors o di erin desi ns and st les he at and co act format of the TS 73 V means that there are practically no problems with installation, and tried and trusted quality is your assurance of reliability.

The DORMA TS 83 can even be supplied with additional anti-corrosion protection for exposed appli-cations or aggressive conditions. Low inventory costs and reduced stocking requirement thanks to streamlined product range.

MANUFACTURERDORMA GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

1018

DORMA TS 73 V

MAX LEAF WIDTH

MAX LEAF WEIGHT

POWER SIZE

LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable

CLOSING FORCE

d sta le

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECKAdjustable

HOLD OPENOptional

ARM TYPE tandard ar

tandard at ar

DIMENSIONS TS 73 VLength - 225 mm

Depth - 40 mmHeight - 60 mm

DIMENSIONS TS 83Length - 245 mm

Depth - 46 mmHeight - 60 mm

DORMA TS 83

DORMA DOOR CLOSERS

NOTEFor high and heavy doors, external doors, and for doors required to close against high wind pressure, we recommend DORMA TS 83.

8 41134

1018.0107

1018.0108

154

Page 157: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

DORMA TS 73 EMF

The DORMA TS 73 EMF is a combination of hydraulic door closer and electromagnetic hold-open unit. In conjunction with a smoke detection system, the TS 73 EMF can be used as a hold-open system for fire and s o e chec doors.

NOTERange of arm assemblies and accessories to

provide an ideal solution even for special appli-cations.

1018

MANUFACTURERDORMA GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MAX LEAF WIDTH1400 mm

MAX LEAF WEIGHT180 Kg

OPENING ANGLE70 to 150

POWER SIZEEN 2-4

LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable

CLOSING FORCE-

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECK-

HOLD OPEN75 to 180

ARM TYPEStandard arm

DIMENSIONSLength - 320 mmDepth - 45,5 mmHeight - 60 mm

INPUT VOLTAGE

POWER INPUT24V

DORMA DOOR CLOSERS

8 41144

1018.0109

Page 158: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

The TS 93 cam action door closer system sets new standards in user convenience in project applica-tions. The proven DORMA technology of the heart-shaped cam ensures exceptional ease of opening

DORMA TS 93

MANUFACTURERDORMA

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY

10 years

NOTEIdentical door closer model for single and dou-ble doors

1018MAX LEAF WIDTH

1600 mm

MAX LEAF WEIGHT-

POWER SIZEEN 2-5

LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable

LATCHING SPEEDAdjustable

CLOSING FORCEAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECKAdjustable

HOLD OPENOptional

ARM TYPESlide channel

DIMENSIONSLength - 275 mm

Depth - 53 mmHeight - 60 mm

DORMA DOOR CLOSERS

1154

8 41134

1018.0110

156

Page 159: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

DOOR SPRING

Index door spring 623 with plastic bearings, rotary joints, maintenance-free. The spring sleeves are made of plastic which prevents buckling of the springs and the associated squeaking. Rivets made ofstainless steel.

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired length

1018

MANUFACTURERDORMA

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MATERIALSteel

FINISHGalvanized

LENGTHS

DORMA DOOR CLOSERS

1018.0111X

- -----

Page 160: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

tandard ar door closer certified in co liance ith si e can e sed or le t and ri ht handed doors s ita le or fire and s o e rotection doors. enin an le

STANDARD DOOR CLOSER

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

NOTEAvailable in more colours.

1018MAX LEAF WIDTH

1100 mm

MAX LEAF WEIGHT80 Kg

POWER SIZEEN 2-4

LATCHING SPEEDAdjustable

CLOSING FORCEAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECK-

HOLD OPEN-

ARM TYPEStandard arm

DIMENSIONSLength - 220 mm

Depth - 60 mmHeight - 43 mm

STANDARD DOOR CLOSER

1154

8 31134

1018.0000

158

Page 161: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

ASSA ABLOY DC110

ac and inion door closer ith lin ar ertified in co liance ith si e can e sed or le t and ri ht handed doors s ita le or fire and s o e rotection doors

NOTEAvailable in more colours.

1018

MANUFACTURERASSA ABLOY AB

COUNTRY OF ORIGINFinland

WARRENTY10 years

MAX LEAF WIDTH950 mm

MAX LEAF WEIGHT60 Kg

POWER SIZEEN 3

LATCHING SPEEDAdjustable

CLOSING FORCE-

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECK-

HOLD OPEN-

ARM TYPELink arm

DIMENSIONSLength - 182 mmDepth - 60 mmHeight - 41 mm

8 41134

ASSA ABLOY DOOR CLOSERS

1018.0200

Page 162: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

can e sed or le t and ri ht hand doors s ita le or fire and s o e rotection.

rac and inion door closer ith lin ar certified in co liance ith si e can e sed or le t and ri ht handed doors s ita le or fire and s o e rotection doors

ASSA ABLOY DC120

MANUFACTURERASSA ABLOY AB

COUNTRY OF ORIGINFinland

WARRENTY10 years

NOTEAvailable in more colours.

ita le or fire and s o e rotection doors

1018

8 4114

MAX LEAF WIDTH

MAX LEAF WEIGHT80 kg

POWER SIZE

LATCHING SPEEDVariable between 15 to 0

CLOSING SPEEDVariable between 180 to 0

BACKCHECKVariable above 75

ARM TYPELink arm

DIMENSIONS DC120Length - 220 mm

Depth - 47 mmHeight - 52 mm

DIMENSIONS DC140Length - 206 mm

Depth - 40 mmHeight - 55 mm

ASSA ABLOY DC140

ASSA ABLOY DOOR CLOSERS

1018.0201

1018.0202

160

Page 163: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

oor s rin or sin le and do le lea doors

oor s rin or sin le and do le lea doors

TS 500 N EN3

TS 500 NV

1018

1154

MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MAX LEAF WIDTH

MAX LEAF WEIGHT

OPENING ANGLE170

POWER SIZE

LATCHING ACTION d sta le

CLOSING FORCE d sta le

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECKAdjustable

HOLD OPENMechanical

ARM TYPEStandard arm

DIMENSIONS TS 500NLength - 278 mmWidth - 82 mmHeight - 42 mm

DIMENSIONS TS 500 NVLength - 278 mmWidth - 82 mmHeight - 42 mm

8 41133

GEZE FLOOR SPRINGS

1018.0300

1018.0301

NOTE

Page 164: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

oor s rin or lea fire and s o e rotection

TS 550 NV F

MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

1018

1154

8 41133

MAX LEAF WIDTH1400 mm

MAX LEAF WEIGHT300 Kg

OPENING ANGLE180

POWER SIZEEN 3-6

LATCHING ACTION-

CLOSING FORCEAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECK-

HOLD OPEN-

ARM TYPEStandard arm

DIMENSIONSLength - 328 mm

Width - 82 mmHeight - 54 mm

GEZE FLOOR SPRINGS

1018.0302

NOTE

162

Page 165: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

BOXER EN 2-4

BOXER EN 3-6

The integrated Boxer door closer is installed completely inside the door leaf, can be used for single leaf right and left swing doors, closing speed in accordance with DIN EN 1154.

1018

MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MAX LEAF WIDTH

MAX LEAF WEIGHT

POWER SIZE

LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable

CLOSING FORCEAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECKAdjustable

HOLD OPENMechanical

ARM TYPEGuide rail

APPLICATIONSingle action door

DIMENSIONS EN 2-4Length - 286 mmDepth - 32 mmHeight - 45 mm

DIMENSIONS EN 3-6Length - 293 mmDepth - 40 mmHeight - 54 mm

8 41133

GEZE DOOR CLOSERS

1018.0303

1018.0304

NOTE

Page 166: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

The GEZE Boxer E integrated door closer with electrical hold-open in the guide rail is suitable for single-leaf doors and is incorporated discreetly into the door leaf and frame. The E guide rail with electrical hold-open is only visible when the door is open.

MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

1018MAX LEAF WIDTH

MAX LEAF WEIGHT

POWER SIZE

LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable

CLOSING FORCEAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECKAdjustable

HOLD OPENElectromech.

ARM TYPEGuide rail

APPLICATIONSingle action door

VOLTAGE24V DC

ENCLOSER RATINGIP 43

DIMENSIONS EN 2-4Length - 286 mm

Depth - 32 mmHeight - 45 mm

DIMENSIONS EN 3-6Length - 293 mm

Depth - 40 mmHeight - 54 mm

8 41133

NOTECan be used for single leaf right and left swing doors. Closing speed in accordance with EN 1154.

GEZE DOOR CLOSERS

1018.0305

1018.0306

164

Page 167: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

S

S

The GEZE Boxer ISM system for double-leaf doors consists of the Boxer 2-4 or Boxer 3-6 in the door leaves and the ISM guide rail with integrated mechanical closing sequence control in accordance with EN 1158 in the frame. The ISM guide rail is only visible when the door is open.

1018

MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MAX LEAF WIDTH

MAX LEAF WEIGHT

POWER SIZE

LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable

CLOSING FORCEAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECKAdjustable

HOLD OPENMechanical

ARM TYPEGuide rail

APPLICATIONDouble leaf doors

DIMENSIONS EN 2-4Length - 286 mmDepth - 32 mmHeight - 45 mm

DIMENSIONS EN 3-6Length - 293 mmDepth - 40 mmHeight - 54 mm

8 01133

GEZE DOOR CLOSERS

1018.0307

1018.0308

NOTE

Page 168: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

he o er s ste is fitted ith a ide rail that contains electro a netic hold o en devices for both door leaves plus an integrated closing sequence control and is only visible when the door is opened.

S

MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

1018MAX LEAF WIDTH

MAX LEAF WEIGHT

POWER SIZE

LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable

CLOSING FORCEAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECKAdjustable

HOLD OPENElectromagnetic

ARM TYPEGuide rail

APPLICATIONDouble action door

VOLTAGE24V DC

ENCLOSER RATINGIP 43

DIMENSIONSEN 2-4Length - 286 mm

Depth - 47 mmHeight - 45 mm

DIMENSIONS EN 3-6Length - 293 mm

Depth - 40 mmHeight - 54 mm

S

GEZE DOOR CLOSERS

8 01133

1018.0309

1018.0310

NOTE

166

Page 169: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

TS 1500

r ace o nted rac and inion door closer si e accordin to losin speed adjustable, as is hydraulic latching action.

With the TS 2000 NV overhead door closer with variable closing force in accordance with DIN EN 1154 in sizes 2 and 4, the closing speed can conveniently be set from the front. The stopper setting is made using the arm.

1018

MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MAX LEAF WIDTH1100

MAX LEAF WEIGHT80 Kg

OPENING ANGLE

POWER SIZE

4LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable

CLOSING FORCE d sta le

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECK d sta le

HOLD OPENMechanical

ARM TYPELink arm

DIMENSIONS TS 1500Length - 177 mmWidth - 39 mmHeight - 50 mm

DIMENSIONS TS 2000 NVLength - 226 mmWidth - 48 mmHeight - 60 mm

TS 2000 NV

8 31134

GEZE DOOR CLOSERS

1018.0311

1018.0312

NOTE

Page 170: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

1018

This TS 4000 E overhead door closer with electro hydraulic hold-open device is authorised for mounting on fire and s o e rotection doors. n the e ent o fire or a o er ail re the hold o en nction is released and the door closes safely.

GEZE TS 4000 is a surface mounted rack and pinion door closer, the closing force is set from the ront. he o enin er and the ther o sta ilised closin s eed ith lar e o tical dis la can also be regulated.

TS 4000 E

TS

MAX LEAF WIDTH

MAX LEAF WEIGHT200 Kg

OPENING ANGLE

POWER SIZE

LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable

CLOSING FORCEAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECK

d sta le

HOLD OPEN lectric

echanical

ARM TYPELink arm

TS 4000 E VOLTAGE24V DC

DIMENSIONS TS 4000E Length - 326 mm

Width - 46 mmHeight - 60 mm

DIMENSIONS TS 4000Length - 326 mm

Width - 46 mmHeight - 60 mm

8 41133

GEZE DOOR CLOSERS

1018.0313

1018.0314

NOTE

168

Page 171: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

TS 5000

The overhead door closer TS 5000 stands for clear lines and numerous system variants. It is approved for 1-leaf right and left single-actiondoors with larger leaf widths up to 1400 mm and for use on smoke and fire rotection doors.

1018

MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MAX LEAF WIDTH

MAX LEAF WEIGHT200 Kg

OPENING ANGLE120

POWER SIZE

LATCHING ACTIONAdjustable

CLOSING FORCEAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECKAdjustable

HOLD OPENMechanical

ARM TYPESlide channel

DIMENSIONSLength - 287 mmWidth - 46 mmHeight - 60 mm

GEZE DOOR CLOSERS

8 41133

1018.0315

NOTE

Page 172: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERRutland

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

1018

8 31133

he tland . ran e o oor s rin s are enhanced ith their o er l t eas to se ca roller action mechanisms. Available in three power sizes, EN2, EN3, EN4, and a vary power EN1-4 adjustable power version. This is becoming increasingly recognised especially in the Glass industry where quality, reliability, adjustability, and adaptability are all features required. Temperature stable hydraulic oil is one of its unique properties which show the exacting standards that Rutland MANU-FACTURER their products to, so they can be used in temperatures from -15 to Deg C.

TS 7000 slimline floor spring is easy to use cam and roller mechanism, power adjustable spring, slim line cement box, double action or single action.

RUTLAND FLOOR SPRINGS

MAX LEAF WIDTH

li line

MAX LEAF WEIGHT

li line

OPENING ANGLE130

POWER SIZE

li line

LATCH SPEEDAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECKAdjustable

ARM TYPEStandard Arm

DIMENSIONS TS 7000Length - 305 mmWidth - 106 mmHeight - 40 mm

DIMENSIONS SLIMLINELength - 274 mm

Overall Depth - 81 mmHeight - 50 mm

1154

TS 7000

TS 7104 SLIMLINE

1018.0400

1018.0401

NOTE

170

Page 173: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

concealed slide ar door closer hi hl e cient ith ease o o enin ad sta le s eed and latch inte rated slide ar s ita le or doors thic ness.

concealed slide ar door closer ith o er ad st ent hi hl e cient ith ease o o enin ad sta le s eed and latch inte rated slide ar s ita le or doors thic -ness

1018

MANUFACTURERRutland

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

MAX LEAF WIDTH

MAX LEAF WEIGHT

OPENING ANGLE120

POWER SIZE

LATCH SPEEDAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECK d sta le

APPLICATION ooden doors ni ersal

ARM TYPESlide channel

ITS 13003

ITS 13205

RUTLAND CONCEALED DOOR CLOSER

1154

- -----

1018.0402

1018.0403

NOTE

Page 174: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERRutland

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

1018

8 31134

TS 2204 is a fixed power size unit EN3, CE marked, available in Fig1, Fig61, Fig66 applications. It has passed fire test in excess of 120 minutes in EN1634.

TS 3204 with power size unit EN2,3,4 by position, CE marked, is an ideal closer for mid range con-tracts. It has passed fire test in excess of 120 minutes in EN1634

RUTLAND DOOR CLOSERS

1154

TS 2204

TS 3204

MAX LEAF WIDTH

MAX LEAF WEIGHT

OPENING ANGLE180

POWER SIZE

LATCH SPEED

d sta le

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

APPLICATION Wooden & metal doors

ARM TYPEStandard arm

1018.0404

1018.0405

NOTE

172

Page 175: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

door closer is hi hl en ineered rac and inion echanis ith its ro ection fits in most circumstances and applications making it versatile and easy to specify.

door closer is hi hl e cient relia le and alit rod ct ith ease o o enin it has do le s rin action or s ooth o eration o er ariation s rin sna � connection ar set ease o fittin ith t in loc in achine scre s.

1018

MANUFACTURERRutland

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

MAX LEAF WIDTH

MAX LEAF WEIGHT

OPENING ANGLE180

POWER SIZE

LATCH SPEEDAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

BACKCHECKAdjustable

DELAYED ACTION aila le

APPLICATIONWooden & metal doors

ARM TYPEStandard arm

TS 9204

TS 9205

RUTLAND DOOR CLOSER

1154

8 31144

1018.0406

1018.0407

NOTE

Page 176: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERRutland

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

1018

8 31133

TS 11204 surface slide arm is a cam action door closer, highly efficient with ease of opening, cam action echanis assistin door set to eet the re ire ents on a ro ed doc ent 300.

ITS 11204 concealed slide arm is cam action door closer, highly efficient with ease of opening, cam action echanis assistin door set to eet the re ire ents on a ro ed doc ent s ita le or doors thic

RUTLAND DOOR CLOSERS

1154

TS 11204 SURFACE MOUNTED

TS 11204 CONCEALED

MAX LEAF WIDTH1100 mm

MAX LEAF WEIGHT80 Kg

OPENING ANGLE120

POWER SIZEEN 2-4

LATCH SPPEDAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

APPLICATIONUniversal

ARM TYPESlide channel

1018.0408

1018.0409

NOTE

174

Page 177: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1018

MANUFACTURERSamuel Heath Ltd.

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

POWERMATIC CONCEALED DOOR CLOSERPowermatic by Samuel Heath has one of the world’s most advanced controlled, concealed door closers. It delivers outstanding performance and reliability, and possesses many unique features that deliver enefits to fire and non fire door a lications in ho sin hotel ed cation healthcare and an ore

applications.It provides controlled door closing without slamming, whilst its adjustable closing speed makes it s ita le or se in sit ations here the elderl infir and less a le re ire additional ti e to ass through the doorway.

MAX LEAF WIDTH950 mm

MAX LEAF WEIGHT80 Kg

OPENING ANGLE120

POWER SIZEEN 2-4

LATCH SPPEDAdjustable

CLOSING SPEEDAdjustable

APPLICATIONUniversal

3 233811154

NOTEaila le in ore finishes on re est

CONCEALED DOOR CLOSER

1018.0500

EN 1634

Page 178: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 179: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

EXIT HARDWARE

Page 180: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

Digit 2 - DrabilityClass 6 100,000 tested cyclesClass 7 200,000 tested cycles

Digit 3 - Door MassClass 6 100 kgClass 7 200 kg

Digit 4 - Fire resistance rades o fire resistance er identifiedlass ot a ro ed or se on fire s o e doorslass llo a le or se on fire s o e door s ect to

satisfying assesment of the contribution of the anic loc in de ice to the fire s o e resistance

o s ecified fire s o e doors asse lies.

Digit 5 - SafetyClass 1 All panic and exit devices have a critical safety

function, therefore only grade 1 is accptable.

Digit 6 - Corrosion resistanceClass 3 High corrosion resistancelass er hi h and defi ned corrosion resistance

Digit 7 - SecurityClass 2 The safety of human beings should be attached

with the highest priority, and also, under this cir-cumstance, the anti-burglary resistance is of rela-

ti el less si nifi cance rther ore this antiburglary attribute is not explicitly mentioned

Emergency exit doors constructed according to the EN 1125 should provide a means of escape in panic situations - in-cluding people who are not acquainted with the environment and handling of such doors.

T S he standard defines the re ire ents ith re ard to the

MANUFACTURER, suitability for use and the testing of panic locks. These are only valid for use with leaf doors with a maximum weight of 200 kg, height of 2,500 mm, and width of 1,300 mm.

he standard s ecifies testin roced res and re ire ents ith re ard to

• mechanical panic locking system with a horizontally-op-erated handle-bar.

• mechanical panic locking system with a horizontally-op-erated pushbar.

The standard stipulates that all of the tested products are to e classified in accordance ith a di it e .

Digit 1 - Category of useonl defined one lass

Class 3 High frequency of use by people with little incentive to a careful application, where accidents or misuse are possible

CLASSIFICATIONS

STANDARDS

178

Page 181: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

i it o ection o the e iceo cate ories are defined

Grade 1 Projection up to 150 mm (standard projection)Grade 2 Projection uo to 100 mm (low projection)

i it T pe o e iceo rades are defined

Type A Push bar operationType B Touch bar operatiob

T S The objective of EN 179 is to open doors for those in an emergency situation. DIN EN 179 are a standard for push pads an levers and the tested handles allow people to leave a building through the emergency exists. This standard as-sumes however that the people concerned are familiar with the escape routes and the operation of emergency exits. In case of doubt, the standard refers to EN 1125 - panic locks operated by a horizontal bar.

The particular features in EN 179 are identical to EN 1125 ith t o di erences e ectin di it sec rit and di it

the type of device.

Digit 7 - Securityrod cts co ered t ha e three identified cat-

egories and have the oppertunities of greater security than devices covered by EN 1125. This is because EN 179 devices are subject to testing with doors under greater preassure. hree cate ories are defined

hree cate ories are definedGrade 2 1000NGrade 3 2000NGrade 4 3000N

i it T pe o e iceo rades are defined

Type A Lever handle operationType B Push pad operation

For a complete brakedown of all digits in DIN EN 179 please refer to our lever handle section.

Page 182: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Exidor 293 - panic bolt for single and double door applications. Incorporated as standard is an auto-atic to tri and eas clean oor soc et.

Exidor 307 - Push pad single panic bolt with the added feature of horizontal pullman latches which increases sec rit and o ers a s ooth latchin action.

Exidor 310 - Push pad single panic bolt with the added feature of vertical pullman latches which in-creases sec rit and o ers a s ooth latchin action.

MANUFACTUREREXIDOR Ltd

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

1019MATERIAL

Steel

FINISHil er lac hite

APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,

Surface mounted, Non Handed

NOTEtainless steel or rass finish latin .

RAL colours avaliable on request.Supplied with self securing screws

293 PUSH PAD SINGLE PANIC BOLT

BS EN

7 B2431B6 A3

MATERIAL Steel

FINISHil er lac hite

APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,

Surface mounted, Non Handed

307 PUSH PAD SINGLE PANIC BOLT WITH TWO POINT HORIZONTAL PULLMAN LATCH

BS EN

7 B2431B6 A3

310 PUSH PAD SINGLE PANIC BOLT WITH VERTICAL PULLMAN LATCH

MATERIAL Steel

FINISHil er lac hite

APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,

Surface mounted, Non Handed

BS EN

7 B2431B6 A3

EXIDOR PUSH PAD LOCKING SYSTEM

1019.0001

1019.0002

1019.0003

180

Page 183: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTUREREXIDOR Ltd

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

EXIDOR PUSH BAR LOCKING SYSTEMExidor 294 - Panic bolt for single and double door applications. Incorporated as standard is an auto-

atic to tri and eas clean oor soc et.

Exidor 308 - Single panic bolt with the added feature of horizontal pullman latches which increases sec rit and o ers a s ooth latchin action.

Exidor 311 - Single panic bolt with the added feature of vertical pullman latches which increases secu-rit and o ers a s ooth latchin action.

1019

294 PUSH BAR SINGLE PANIC BOLT

308 PUSH BAR SINGLE PANIC BOLT WITH TWO POINT HORIZONTAL PULLMAN LATCH

311 PUSH BAR SINGLE PANIC BOLT WITH VERTICAL PULLMAN LATCH

MATERIAL Steel

FINISHil er lac hite

APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors, Surface mounted, Non Handed

MATERIAL Steel

FINISHil er lac hite

APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors, Surface mounted, Non Handed

MATERIAL Steel

FINISHil er lac hite

APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors, Surface mounted, Non Handed

BS EN

7 A2231B6 A3

BS EN

7 A2231B6 A3

BS EN

7 A2431B6 A3

NOTEtainless steel or rass finish latin .

RAL colours avaliable on request.Supplied with self securing screws

1019.0004

1019.0005

1019.0006

Page 184: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Exidor 297 - surface mounted rim latch for single and double door. Pressing the pad provides safe and speedy exit while maintaining the security against intrusion, an adapter for use with rim cylinder for outside access is supplied as standard.

Exidor 306 - For outside access a push pad actuator unit withacylinder mortice latch (with or without e ro rofile c linder o tional alon ith stri lat is s lied

MANUFACTUREREXIDOR Ltd

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

1019MATERIAL

Steel

FINISHil er lac hite

APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,

Surface mounted, Non Handed

NOTEtainless steel or rass finish latin .

RAL colours avaliable on request.Supplied with self securing screws

297 PUSH PAD PANIC LATCH

BS EN

7 B2431B6 A3

MATERIAL Steel

FINISHil er lac hite

APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,

Surface mounted, Non Handed

306 PUSH PAD PANIC LATCH + MORTICE NIGHT LATCH

BS EN

7 B2431B6 A3

EXIDOR 297 + 306

1019.0007

1019.0008

MATERIAL Steel

FINISHil er lac reen

APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,

Surface mounted, Non Handed

1125

BS EN

7 B2231163

TOUCH BAR1019.0009

182

Page 185: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1019MATERIALSteel

FINISHil er lac hite

APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors, Surface mounted, Non Handed

OUTSIDE ACCESS DEVICES

7 A2231B6 A3

NOTEtainless steel or rass finish latin .

RAL colours avaliable on request.

MANUFACTUREREXIDOR Ltd

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

The Exidor 296 is designed for single and double door applications. The unit is operated by a downward thrust of the cross bar to give a speedy exit in panic situations. An adapter for use with a rim cylinder for outside access is supplied as standard

he idor o ers a sh ar act ator nit ith a c linder ortice ni ht latch case that can e s lied ith or itho t a ro rofile c linder or access ro the o tside. ortice late is s -plied as standard. The unit provides security on the outside with ease of escape from the inside in panic situations

BS EN

296 PUSH BAR REVERSIBLE PANIC LATCH

1019.0010

305 PANIC MORTISE ACTUATOR W. CYLINDER MORTISE NICHT LATCH

1019.10011

MATERIAL Steel

FINISHil er lac hite

APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors, Surface mounted, Non Handed

7 A223106 A3

BS EN

Page 186: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

The lever operated outside access device 322 is supplied with 3 keys and a master keyed 45mm ro rofile c lindre can e sed co ata le ith series and latches.

298 is an econimical outside access device supplied with 2 keys and a 5 pin cylinder which cannot be master keyed, compatable with 200 & 300 series and latches

is s lied ith e s and has that a aster e ed o al or ro rofile c lindre can e used 5 pin cylinder which cannot be master keyed, compatable with 200 & 300 series and latches

MANUFACTUREREXIDOR Ltd

COUNTRY OF ORIGINUK

WARRENTY10 years

1019MATERIAL

Steel

FINISHil er lac hite

APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,

Surface mounted, Non Handed

NOTEtainless steel or rass finish latin .

RAL colours avaliable on request.

OUTSIDE ACCESS DEVICE - 322

BS EN

MATERIAL Steel

FINISHil er lac hite

APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,

Surface mounted, Non Handed

OUTSIDE ACCESS DEVICES - 298

BS EN

7 B243106 A3

OUTSIDE ACCESS DEVICES

- ------- --

1019.0012

1019.0013

- ------- --

MATERIAL Steel

FINISHil er lac reen

APPLICATIONTimber & Steel doors,

Surface mounted, Non Handed

1125

BS EN

TOUCH BAR OUTSIDE ACCESS DEVICES - 3021019.0014

184

Page 187: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

ACCESSORIES

Page 188: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

The blaugelb® interior doorstops are made from AISI grade 304 steel and are useable in many settings due to the versatile selection of shapes and sizes. The blaugelb® collection of interior doorstops in-cl des oth oor and all doorsto s. MANUFACTURER

GB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1020MATERIAL

Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSia

Height 32 mm

NOTE

FLOOR DOOR STOP - HOCKEY PUCK

FLOOR DOOR STOP - IGLU

FLOOR DOOR STOP - DOME

DOOR STOPS

1020.0000

1020.0001

1020.0002

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSDia. 64 mm

Height 22 mm

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSDia. 64 mm

Height 22 mm

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

186

Page 189: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

The blaugelb® doorstops are made from AISI grade 304 steel and are useable in many settings due to the versatile selection of shapes and sizes.

The blaugelb® collection of doorstops also includes, foot operated and heavy duty doorstops. The foot operated and heavy duty door stops are made from zink and works with smooth functionallity.

1020

FOOT OPERATED DOOR STOP

NOTE

1020.0004

DOOR STOPS

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSia ei ht

MATERIALZink

FINISHSilver

DIMENSIONSHeight 60 mm

1020.0005

FOOT OPERATED DOOR STOP

MATERIALZink

FINISHSilver

DIMENSIONSHeight 30 mm

FLOOR DOOR STOP - SMALL1020.0003

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

Page 190: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

The blaugelb® interior doorstops are made from AISI grade 304 steel and are useable in many set-tings due to the versatile selection of shapes and sizes. The blaugelb® collection of interior doorstops incl des oth oor and all doorsto s. MANUFACTURER

GB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1020

NOTE

DOOR STOPS

MATERIALZink

FINISHSilver

DOOR DIMENSIONSLenght 2200 mmWidth 1000 mm

DOOR WEIGHT120 kg

HEAVY DUTY DOOR HOLDER

HEAVY DUTY DOOR STOPPER

1020.0007

1020.0006

MATERIALZink

FINISHSilver

DOOR DIMENSIONSLenght 2200 mmWidth 1000 mm

DOOR WEIGHT120 kg

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

188

Page 191: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

The blaugelb® doorstops are made from AISI grade 304 steel and are useable in many settings due to the versatile selection of shapes and sizes.

The blaugelb® collection of doorstops also includes, foot operated and heavy duty doorstops. The foot operated and heavy duty door stops are made from zink and works with smooth functionallity.

1020

WALL DOOR STOP WITHOUT ROSE - STRAIGHT

WALL DOOR STOP WITH PIN

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired lenght

1020.0008X

1020.0010

DOOR STOPS

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSia

LENGHT60 mm90 mm120 mm

WALL DOOR STOP WITH ROSE - STRAIGHT

1020.0009

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ16 mmDia. 50 mm

LENGHT80 mm

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ16 mmDia. 50 mm

LENGHT80 mm

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

Page 192: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

1020

Page 193: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

The architectural designed door stops from d line are all manufactored in stainless steel AISI grade 316, which makes them very usefull in wet and humid environments.

The door stops from d line are all part of a designrange from the hands of the danish architect Knud Holscher.

1020

FLOOR DOOR STOP Ø40 MM

FLOOR DOOR STOP Ø40 MM WITH MAGNETIC HOLD

FLOOR DOOR STOP TURTLE Ø80 MM

NOTE

Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired height

1020.0100

1020.0101

1020.0102X

DOOR STOPS

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONSDia. 40 mmHeight 40 mm

MATERIALtainless steel r er

FINISHatin lac r er

DIMENSIONSDia. 80 mm

HEIGHT

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONSDia. 40 mmHeight 40 mm

Page 194: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

1020

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

WALL DOOR STOP X-SMALL

WALL DOOR STOP Ø 14 MM

DOOR STOPS

1020.0103

1020.0104X

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSDia. 64 mm

LENGHT

The architectural designed door stops from d line are all manufactored in stainless steel AISI grade 316, which makes them very usefull in wet and humid environments.

The door stops from d line are all part of a designrange from the hands of the danish architect Knud Holscher.

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONSDia. 14 mm

Lenght 21 mm

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONSDia. 14 mm

LENGHT

1020.0105X

WALL DOOR STOP Ø 14 MM WITH PIN

192

Page 195: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

Flush bolts from our blaugelb® collection.

1021

FLUSH BOLT - TIMBER DOORS

FLUSH BOLTS - METAL DOORS

DUST SOCKET

NOTEIncluding screws for mounting

Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

1021.0000X

1021.0001X

1021.0002X

FLUSH BOLTS

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONS

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin or polished

ROD

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONS20 x 38 mm

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

Page 196: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1021

NOTErther finishes a aila le on re est

Add the colour coding after the item number

AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS FOR TIMBER DOORS 1200 X 2700 MM - SET

AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS FOR FIRE RATED METAL DOORS 1200 X 2700 MM - SET

AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS

1021.0103

1021.0104

he la el a to atic sh olts are non handed and are ll a to atic hich eans that hen the opening door is activated both bottom and top bolts are retracted. Bolt head rods are adjusta-ble with up to 12,50 mm and an override feature prevent damage to doors or bolts if bolt heads are blocked from entering strikes. The thermal lock automatically locks the inactive door under high heat conditions d e to fire.

MATERIALtainless steel rass

FINISHSee chart below

FEATURESNon-handed

DIMENSIONS25 x 200 mm

MATERIALtainless steel rass

FINISHSee chart below

FEATURESNon-handed

DIMENSIONS25 x 171 mm

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

194

Page 197: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

Flush bolts from our blaugelb® collection.

1021

FLUSH BOLT - TIMBER DOORS

FLUSH BOLTS - METAL DOORS

DUST SOCKET

BS EN

BS EN

NOTEIncluding screws for mounting

Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

1021.0000X

1021.0001X

1021.0002X

FLUSH BOLTS

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONS

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin or polished

ROD

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin or polished

DIMENSIONS20 x 38 mm

BS EN

Page 198: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1022

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

NOTEncl din scre s or fittin

Add the colour coding after the item number

OVAL FLUSH PULL

SQUARE FLUSH PULL

1022.0000

1022.0001

Our blaugelb® sh lls are ade ro stainless steel in rade and can e s lied in ei-ther olished or satin. i erent sha es and si es ens res that e can deli er a sh ll to s it an design-need you may have.

o co lete o r sh lls selection e ha e incl ded a e ro rofile c linder ll and a c handlecup pull.

FLUSH PULLS

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSee chart below

DIMENSIONS50 x 102 mmHeight 8 mm

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSee chart below

DIMENSIONS 52 x 102 mmHeight 8 mm

ROUND FLUSH PULL

1022.0002

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSee chart below

DIMENSIONSDia. 70 mm

Height 13 mm

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

196

Page 199: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Our blaugelb® sh lls are ade ro stainless steel in rade and can e s lied in either olished or satin. i erent sha es and si es ens res that e can deli er a sh ll to s it an desi n

need you may have.

o co lete o r sh lls selection e ha e incl ded a e ro rofile c linder ll and a c handlecup pull.

1022

CUP PULL

EURO PROFILE CYLINDER PULL

NOTE

1022.0003

1022.0004

FLUSH PULLS

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSee chart below

DIMENSIONSDia. 70 mmHeight 17 mm

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSee chart below

DIMENSIONS43 x 80 mm

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

Page 200: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1023

NOTEAdd the colour coding after the item number

DOOR CHAIN

DOOR CHAIN WITH BLACK LEATHER

ACCESSORIES

1023.0000

1023.0001

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSee chart below

o ens re n anted entr thro h the ront door the di erent st led door chains ro o r la el ®

collection is i in o r c sto ers the ossi ilit to choose st the ri ht desi n and finish to fit their project.

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSee chart below

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSee chart below

1023.0002

DOOR GUARD

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

198

Page 201: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

To ensure unwanted entry through the front door the concealed door chain from our blaugelb® selctionis a natural choice.

The blaugelb® door viewer is made from satin stainlees steel in grade AISI 304. With it´s simple and functionel design it will suit any door material or colour.

Our blaugelb® pictograms are supplied with self adhesive tape, but also have screw holes for mount-in so either can e sed in fittin .

1023

DOOR VIEWER

CONCEALED DOOR CHAIN

PICTOGRAM - SELF ADHESIVE

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired version

Add the colour coding after the item number

1023.0003

1023.0004

1023.0005X

ACCESSORIES

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSDia. 26 mmLenght 45 mmViewing angle 180

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSee chart below

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSDia. 50 mm

VERSION e ale ale

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

Page 202: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1023

NOTE

DOUBLE HOOK - BEND

DOUBLE HOOK - STRAIGHT

ACCESSORIES

1023.0006

1023.0007

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSDia. 14 mm

32 mm x 45 mm

Our blaugelb® series also o ers di erent hoo s and han ers or the ardro e or the athroo toilet area. Our hooks and hangers are made from stainless steel AISI 304 for durability and a long life span.

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONS180 mm

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONS100 mm

1023.0008

BASIC HOOK

200

Page 203: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

Our blaugelb® series also o ers di erent hoo s and han ers or the ardro e or the athroo toilet area. Our hooks and hangers are made from stainless steel AISI 304 for durability and a long life span.

1023

HOOK WITH PIN

HANGER

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired version

1023.0009

1023.0010X

ACCESSORIES

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSDia. 14 mm35 mm x 43 mm

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSDia. 14 mm

VERSIONSi edrna le

Page 204: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

1024

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the desired letter or number

Add the colour coding after the item number

LETTERS - ROUNDED SHAPE

NUMBERS - ROUNDED SHAPE

LETTERS & NUMBERS

1024.0000X

1024.0001X

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONS150 mm x 100 mm

The blaugelb® letter and numerals are made from stainless steel grade AISI 304.

Our rounded selction of letters and numerals are modern and timeless in their expression and can be used in any setting.

Our Staccato font letters and numerals are slender and light with a more twisted design.

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSee chart below

DIMENSIONSa - 115 mm X 96 mmb - 147 mm x 85 mmc - 115 mm x 96 mmd - 147 mm x 85 mm

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSee chart below

DIMENSIONSNumbers 0-9

155 mm x 100 mm

1024.0002X

LETTERS & NUMBERS - STACCATO FONT

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

202

Page 205: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

The blaugelb® push plates are made from stainless steel AISI 304

1025

PUSH PLATE

PUSH PLATE ENGRAVED

ENGRAVED PULL PLATE WITH PULL HANDLE

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired version

Add the colour coding after the item number

1025.0000

1025.0001X

1025.0002X

ACCESSORIES

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSee chart below

DIMENSIONS

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSee chart below

VERSIONS

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSee chart below

DIMENSIONS

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

Page 206: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 207: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

WINDOW HANDLES

Page 208: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

The blaugelb® window handles are made from AISI grade 304 steel. As with all stainless steel products in our blaugelb® range - the sleek and functional design ensures great usability and easy maintenance.

MANUFACTURERRGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1026MATERIAL

Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSia

8 x 35 mm spindlecc 43 mm

NOTE

WINDOW HANDLE - L SHAPE

WINDOW HANDLE - U SHAPE

WINDOW HANDLE - MITTRED SHAPE

WINDOW HANDLES

1026.0000

1026.0001

1020.0002

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSDia. 16 mm

s indlecc 43 mm

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSDia. 16 mm

s indlecc 43 mm

206

Page 209: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

The d line window handles are part of the d line collection - designed by the danish architetekt Knud Holscher. Simple and elegant in design and made from premium quality stainless steel AISI 316 to ens re lon lastin finish and d ra ilit .

1026

WINDOW HANDLE - L SHAPE

WINDOW HANDLE - U SHAPE

WINDOW HANDLE - MITTRED SHAPE

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSDia. 16 mm8 mm spindle holecc 43 mm

NOTESpindles are ordered seperately

1026.0100

1026.0101

1026.0102

WINDOW HANDLES

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSia

8 mm spindle holecc 43 mm

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSDia. 16 mm8 mm spindle holecc 43 mm

Page 210: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

The dline spindles are used for the d line window handles.

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

1026MATERIAL

Steel

FINISHSilver

DIMENSIONS

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

SPINDLE 8 MM

REDUCTION BUSH 8/9 MM OR 7/8 MM

WINDOW HANDLE ACCESSORIES

1026.0103X

1026.0104X

MATERIALSteel

FINISHSilver

DIMENSIONS to to

Lenght 32 mm

208

Page 211: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

SLIDING GEAR

Page 212: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

lidin oldin doorsMulti-panel folding doors

The standard does not cover bottom-rolling systems where the door weight is less than 100 kg and certain types of folding systems.

classifies slidin door ear sin a di it codin s ste . si ilar classification a lies to all ildin hardware product standards so that complementary items of hard are can e s ecified to or instance a co on le el of corrosion resistance, category of use, etc. Each digit re-fers to a particular feature of the product measured against the standard’s performance requirements

Digit 1 - Category of use o rade identified or these rod cts

Digit 2 - Durability Durability is measured by the number of openings (cycles) performed by the gear under standard test conditions.

DIN EN 1527 HARDWARE FOR SLIDING AND FOLDING DOORSThis standard covers most of the main types of sliding and slidin oldin a lications i in details o rod ct er or-mance criteria, test apparatus, testing methods, door mass, d ra ilit fire and corrosion resistance. he lished standard details the test criteria and includes illustrations clarifying the test methods and the points made.

his standard s ecifies re ire ents or the rinci al co onents or ost slidin and slidin oldin doors t excludes the doors and panels themselves.

o ct incl e ithin the tan a a eStraight sliding systems - top hung - bottom rolling (panels over 100 kg)

STRAIGHT SLIDING SYSTEM

CLASSIFICATIONS

STANDARDS

210

Page 213: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

All parts must remain in serviceable condition throughout the test and no adjustment is allowed. Fittings are required to pass the Initial Friction Test (Digit 9) both before and after the durability test.he si rades are

Grade 1 2 500 cyclesGrade 2 5 000 cyclesGrade 3 10 000 cyclesGrade 4 25 000 cyclesGrade 5 50 000 cyclesGrade 6 100 000 cycles

i it oo ei hto r rades are identified

Grade 1 Up to 50 kgGrade 2 From 51 kg to 100 kgGrade 3 From 101 kg to 330 kgGrade 4 Over 330 kg

Digit 4 - Fire resistance o rades o fire resistance are identified

rade ot a ro ed or se on fire door asse liesrade ita le or fire s o e resistant door asse lies

subject to satisfactory assessment of the contribu-tion of the hardware for sliding doors and foldingdoors to the fire resistance o the s ecified fire smoke door assemblies. Such assessment is be-yond the scope of this European standard (see EN 1634-1).

Digit 5 - Safety No requirements

Digit 6 - Corrosion resistance rades are identifiedrade o classification identified

Grade 1 Low corrosion resistance Grade 2 Moderate corrosion resistance Grade 3 High corrosion resistance Grade 4 Very high corrosion resistance

rade also a lies to rod cts or hich a defined corro-sion resistance is not relevant and to those that have not been tested.

Digit 7 - SecurityNo requirements

Digit 8 - Category of doorhree t es o door are co ered the standard

Grade 1 Straight sliding doorrade lidin oldin door

Grade 3 Multi-panel folding door

Digit 9 - Initial frictionThis is the measurement of the amount of force required to start the movement of the door. The grade allocated is variable depending upon the weight of the door.

Weight 0-50 Kg 51-100 Kg 101-330 Kg >300 Kgrade rade rade

o door ei ht

Page 214: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

ALU 80 SERIES

MANUFACTURERTIGER GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY4 years

NOTECan accomodate leaf width up 3000mm (running track avaliable in custom lengths)

1027MATERIALAluminium

FINISHEV1 or Silver

MAX. DOOR WEIGHT80 kg

BUILDING HEIGHT

MIN. DOOR THICKNESS25 mm

MINIMUM WIDTH500 mm

MAX. WALL CLEARENCE15 mm

SPACING BETWEEN FAST.40-45 CM

1527

6 31-0-02-

ALU 80 A SIDESTOP

ALU 80 STANDARD

TIGER ALU 80 Standard SLIDING SYSTEM extremely smooth and silent gliding, self cleaning wheels, ith a loadin ca acit o to ace fi ed or so t o nted or ceilin trac a alia le in al -ini lain or finish al ini sil er anodised.

TIGER ALU 80 Sidestop sliding hardware for interior doors and room partitions, self cleaning wheels, ith a loadin ca acit o to ace fi ed or so t o nted or ceilin trac a alia le in al -ini lain or finish al ini sil er anodised.

1027.0000

1027.0001

212

Page 215: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

ALU 80 SIMULTANEOUS

TIGER ALU 80 Simultaneous SLIDING SYSTEM extremely smooth and silent gliding, self cleaning heels ith a loadin ca acit o to ace fi ed or so t o nted or ceilin trac a alia le

in al ini lain or finish al ini sil er anodised.

TIGER ALU 80 T-FOLD SLIDING SYSTEM for folding door and space saving doors, extremely smooth and silent lidin sel cleanin heels ith a loadin ca acit o to so t o nted or ceil-in trac a alia le in al ini lain or finish al ini sil er anodised.

NOTECan accomodate leaf width up 3000mm

(running track avaliable in custom lengths)

1027

1527

MANUFACTURERTIGER GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY4 years

6 31-0-02-

MATERIALAluminium

FINISHEV1 or Silver

MAX. DOOR WEIGHT80 kg

BUILDING HEIGHT

MIN. DOOR THICKNESS25 mm

MINIMUM WIDTH1250 mm

MAX. WALL CLEARENCE15 mm

SPACING BETWEEN FAST.40-45 CM

ALU 80 T-FOLDMATERIALAluminium

FINISHEV1 or Silver

MAX. DOOR WEIGHT50 kg

BUILDING HEIGHT

MIN. DOOR THICKNESS25 mm

MINIMUM WIDTH-

MAX. WALL CLEARENCE-

SPACING BETWEEN FAST.40-45 CM

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ALU 80 SERIES

1027.0002

1027.0003

Page 216: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERTIGER GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY4 years

ALU 80 TELESCOPIC

TIGER ALU 80 Telescopic sliding system is an ultra space saving design with all the doors alligned behind each other when open, self cleaning wheels, with total loading capacity of up to 160 kg face-� ed or so t o nted or ceilin trac a alia le in al ini lain or finish al ini sil er anodised.

1027

1527

6 31-0-02-

MATERIALAluminium

FINISHEV1 or Silver

MAX. DOOR WEIGHT2 leaves = 2 x 80 kg3 leaves = 3 x 55 kg4 leaves = 4 x 40 kg

BUILDING HEIGHT

MIN. DOOR THICKNESS35-50 mm

MINIMUM WIDTH1200 mm

MAX. WALL CLEARENCE- mm

SPACING BETWEEN FAST.40-45 CM

ALU 80 SERIES

NOTECan accomodate leaf width up 3000mm (running track avaliable in custom lengths)

1027.0004

214

Page 217: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1027

1527

MANUFACTURERTIGER GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY4 years

6 31-0-02-

ALU 100 SERIESTIGER ALU 100 Standard SLIDING SYSTEM extremely smooth and silent gliding, self cleaning wheels,

ith a loadin ca acit o to ace fi ed or so t o nted or ceilin trac a alia le in al ini lain or finish al ini sil er anodised or anodised ith stainless steel e ect.

TIGER ALU 135 Standard sliding system is high performance sliding hardware for interior doors and roo artitions sel cleanin heels ith a loadin ca acit o to ace fi ed or so t o nt-ed (for ceiling).

ALU 100 STANDARD

ALU 135 STANDARD

MATERIALAluminium

FINISHEV1 or Silver

MAX. DOOR WEIGHT100 kg

BUILDING HEIGHT

MIN. DOOR THICKNESS25 mm

MINIMUM WIDTH500 mm

MAX. WALL CLEARENCE30 mm

SPACING BETWEEN FAST.50-60 CM

MATERIALAluminium

FINISHEV1 or Silver

MAX. DOOR WEIGHT150 kg

BUILDING HEIGHT

MIN. DOOR THICKNESS30 mm

MINIMUM WIDTH500 mm

MAX. WALL CLEARENCE>20 mm

SPACING BETWEEN FAST.70-80 CM

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

NOTECan accomodate leaf width up 3000mm (run-

ning track avaliable in custom lengths)

1027.0005

1027.0006

Page 218: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERTIGER GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY4 years

ALU 100 GLX

is a so t o nted or ceilin slidin door hard are o tional so t aster sh to open) opening aid for pocket doors, integrated “anti-jump” technology, self cleaning wheels, with a loading capacity of up to 80 kg.

o tclose an hi hl e i le slidin hard are or lass doors ith co -fortable softclose mechanism, integrated “anti-jump” technology, self cleaning wheels, with a loading ca acit o to so t o nted or ceilin .

NOTElied ith as to fit it

Works with SOFTMASTER (Push to open)for pocket doors

1027

1527

6 32-0-01-

MATERIALAluminium

FINISHEV1 or Silver

MAX. DOOR WEIGHT80 kg

BUILDING HEIGHT

GLASS THICKNESS8 and 10 mm

MINIMUM WIDTH700 mm

SPACING BETWEEN FAST.50-60 cm

ALU 100 GLASS SERIES

ALU 100 GLX SIDESTOP S T S

MATERIALAluminium

FINISHEV1 or Silver

MAX. DOOR WEIGHT80 kg

BUILDING HEIGHT

GLASS THICKNESS8 and 10 mm

MINIMUM WIDTH860 mm

SPACING BETWEEN FAST.50-60 CM

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

1027.0007

1027.0008

216

Page 219: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1027

1527

MANUFACTURERTIGER GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY4 years

6 31-0-02-

ALU 100 GLM SIMULTANEOUS

TIGER ALU 100 GLX Simultaneous is a maintenance free, simultaneous sliding hardware, clipstop hold operation with slow-clos damping, integrated “anti-jump” technology, self cleaning wheels, with a loading capacity of up to 80 kg.

MATERIALAluminium

FINISHEV1 or Silver

MAX. DOOR WEIGHT80 kg

BUILDING HEIGHT

GLASS THICKNESS8 and 10 mm

MINIMUM WIDTH700 mm

MAX. WALL CLEARENCE30 mm

SPACING BETWEEN FAST.50-60 CM

ALU 100 GLASS SERIES

NOTElied ith as to fit it

Works with SOFTMASTER (Push to open)for pocket doors

1027.0009

Page 220: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY4 years

ROLLAN 40N

Rollan is a quite roller-guided sliding door system which facilitates straightforward integration of sliding door conce ts into indoor areas. he ceilin and all fi in s orts di erse se incl din in thro hdoors, partition walls and cloakrooms. The level contact surface of the running track reduces the noise generated on opening and closing. The distance between the door leaf and track can be easily set or readjusted using the suspension bolt, even when installed.

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

1027

1527

5 31-1-01-

MATERIALAluminium

FINISHEV1 or Silver

MAX. DOOR WEIGHT40 kg

BUILDING HEIGHT29 mm

DOOR THICKNESS8-12 mm

LEAF IN MM / TRACK SIZE

GEZE ROLLAN 40N

1027.0100X

218

Page 221: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTS

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

GENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

1027

1527

MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY4 years

6 31-2-03-

MATERIALAluminium

FINISHEV1 or Silver

MAX. DOOR WEIGHT140 kg

BUILDING HEIGHT40 mm

DOOR THICKNESS8-12 mm

LEAF/TRACK SIZE/BRACKETS

PERLAN 140

The Perlan 140 provides long-term quiet running due to two precision ball bearings per roller carriage, track design and large carrier rollers. The interior, sealed ball bearings provide corrosion protection for slightly humid interiors, making them suitable even for bathroom doors. The distance between the leaf and the wall can be adjusted using the wall attachment bracket, which permits the door to be adjusted to individual situations, e.g. for precise installation of the running track where masonry is uneven.

The Perlan 140 is suitable for glass, timber, metal and compostite doors.

GEZE PERLAN 140

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired lenght

1027.0101X

Page 222: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

CERTIFICATIONBS/EN/DIN

ANSI/UL

FIRE RATING

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGEZE GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY4 years

With the compact Levolan 60 sliding door system, GEZE has created a new sophisticated solution to desi n eas to se an al slidin doors or interior se. all fittin di ensions and the linear desi n

ith a sli hi h r nnin rail s it e er installation sit ation. he so histicated fittin technol-ogy can be used for door leaf weights of up to 60 kg.

The integrated GEZE Levolan SoftStop draw-in damping integrated in the runner channel gives addi-tional sa et and con enience he slidin door lea es are ided entl and sa el into the end osi-tion ith no an in into the ra e or er.

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

1027

1527

- --------

MATERIALAluminium

FINISHEV1 or Silver

MAX. DOOR WEIGHT60 kg

BUILDING HEIGHT29 mm

DOOR THICKNESS8-12 mm

APPLICATIONGlass, timber, metal and compostite

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT

DOOR LENGTH2050 mm, 2450 mm

DOOR WIDTH

GEZE LEVOLAN 60

LEVOLAN 60

1027.0102X

220

Page 223: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

SEALS

Page 224: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

lanet a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin doors ade o ood lastic and metal plus sliding doors, accordion- and partition walls. Release on hinge side with automatic com-ensation in case o an inclined oor arallel dro do n seal li t hei ht to sh to t in roo e. ilicone li astenin ro the otto al in rofile .

lanet a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin doors ade o ood lastic and etal l s slidin doors accordion and artition alls. s eciall or a oors, for sound protec-

tion and s o e shieldin doors release on hin e side fits on the ne en oor seal li t hei ht to shed or dee er ro ed in or li rotection. laterral astenin . l in rofile .

MANUFACTURERPlanet AG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINSwitzerland

WARRENTY7 years

1029

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

Special lenght available on request

PLANET FT

PLANET RF

SEALS

1029.0100X

1029.0101X

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

MATERIALl ini ilicone

FINISHGrey

SEAL PROFILEHigh grade silicone or high grade

self extinguishing silicone

GROOVE SIZE13.1x30.5 mm

SEAL HEIGHT to to

SOUND ABSORPTION to d at s ace to

the oor to d at d

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT n realese no allen e

RELEASEUnilaterally on hinge side

FASTENINGro the otto scre s or nails

STOPPING PLATEStainless steel 20x20mm

DIMENSIONS

222

Page 225: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

lanet a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin doors ade o ood lastic and et-al plus sliding doors, accordion- and partition walls as well, for sound protection- and smoke-shielding doors release on hin e side ith a to atic co ensation in case o an inclined oor arallel drodo n seal li t hei ht to sh or dee er to t in roo e ith li rotection. ilicone li astenin ro the otto al in rofile .

lanet a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin doors ade o ood lastic and etal l s slidin doors accordion and artition alls. s eciall or a oors or so nd rotection

and s o e shieldin doors release on hin e side fits on the ne en oor seal li t hei ht to shed or dee er ro ed in or li rotection. laterral astenin . l in rofile .

1029

PLANET HS

PLANET RH

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired lenght

Special lenght available on request

1029.0102X

1029.0103X

SEALS

MANUFACTURERPlanet AG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINSwitzerland

WARRENTY7 years

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

MATERIALl ini ilicone

FINISHGrey

SEAL PROFILEHigh grade silicone or high grade self extinguishing silicone

GROOVE SIZE13.1x30.5 up to 40 mm

SEAL HEIGHT to to

SOUND ABSORPTION to d at s ace to

the oor to d at d

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT n realese no allen e

RELEASEUnilaterally on hinge side

FASTENINGOn the side with stainless steel angle

STOPPING PLATEStainless steel 20x20mm

DIMENSIONS

Page 226: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

lanet a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin all lass doors nilateral release ith arallel dro do n and a to atic co ensation at inclined oor rotection rofile color-less EV1 or similar Niro mat anodized, to be attached and glued, seal height up to 16 mm. Lip from silicone. rotection rofile and rofile ade ro al in . incl. co er late on loc side for folding doors.

lanet a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin all lass doors to be attached and pasted, unilateral release with parallel drop-down and automatic compensation at inclined oor rotection rofile colorless or si ilar iro at anodi ed to e attached and l ed seal hei ht to . i ro silicone. rotection rofile and rofile ade ro al in . mm, incl. cover plate on lock side for folding doors.

MANUFACTURERPlanet AG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINSwitzerland

WARRENTY7 years

1029

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

Special lenght available on request

PLANET KG-A8 & A10

PLANET KG-F8, F10 & F12

SEALS FOR GLASS DOORS

1029.0104X

1029.0105X

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

MATERIALl ini ilicone

FINISHGrey

SEAL PROFILEHigh grade silicone or high grade

self extinguishing silicone

SEAL HEIGHTUp to 16 mm

SOUND ABSORPTIONUp to 48dB at 7mm air gap to the oor to d at

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT n realese no allen e

RELEASEUnilaterally on hinge side

FASTENINGTo be glues

STOPPING PLATEStainless steel 20x20mm

DIMENSIONS

224

Page 227: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

lanet and set are a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin all lass doors and all other doors or retrofittin nilateral release ith arallel dro do n and a to atic co en-sation at inclined oor rotection rofile colorless or si ilar iro at anodi ed to e laterall ce-

ented seal hei ht to . i ro silicone. rotection rofile and rofile ade ro al in 16.5x35 mm, incl. cover plate on lock side for folding doors.

1029

PLANET KG-S

PLANET KG-SM SET

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired lenght

Special lenght available on request

1029.0106X

1029.0107X

SEALS FOR GLASS DOORS

MANUFACTURERPlanet AG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINSwitzerland

WARRENTY7 years

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

MATERIALl ini ilicone

FINISHGrey

SEAL PROFILEHigh grade silicone or high grade self extinguishing silicone

SEAL HEIGHTUp to 16 mm

SOUND ABSORPTIONUp to 48dB at 7mm air gap to the oor to d at

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT n realese no allen e

RELEASEUnilaterally on hinge side

FASTENINGTo be pasted

STOPPING PLATEStainless steel 20x20mm

DIMENSIONS KG-S

DIMENSIONS KG-SM SET

HANDING FOR KG-SMLeft & right

Page 228: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

The SCHALL-EX Duo L-15 WS, SCHALL-EX o and SCHALL-EX XL-15 are universal seals ade or standard hin ed ti er and etal doors. in e side act ation. he are all s ita le or fire

and s o e roofin ac stic and dra ht rotection. MANUFACTURERAthmer GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1029

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

Special lenght available on request

SCHALL-EX DUO L-15 WS

SCHALL-EX DUO L-15/28 OS

SCHALL-EX XL-15

SEALS

1029.0200X

1029.0201X

1029.0202X

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

MATERIALl ini ilicone

FINISHGrey

GROOVE SIZE15x30 mm

SEAL PROFILESelf extinguishing silicone

SEAL HEIGHTUp to 16 mm

SOUND ABSORPTIONUp to 52 dB

ACTUATION o le o le

in le

FASTENINGIn the groove

RELEASEHinge side

TRAVEL

DIMENSIONSSTANDARD LENGHTS

226

Page 229: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

he closin ed es o doors in aria l resent a ha ard. he re ire ents or di erent ser ro s and structural factors are governed by regional regulations and standards.

is a s ste o rotecti e rofiles or re ated doors that e ecti l re ent a ainst fin ers e-co in tra ed et een the door lea and the ra e o . aila le in di erent odels or hinges.

NR-30 is a roller-type protector that automatically maintains a constant tension. Made of aluminium ho sin and a co er ade o s nthetic fi re. o er is a aila le in ore colo rs.

is s ita le or fire rotection doors

1029

BU-K

NR-30

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired version

Special lenght available on request

1029.0203X

1029.0204X

FINGER PROTECTION

MATERIALAluminium

FINISHAnodised aluminium or colour coated

DIMENSIONS

STANDARD LENGHT1355 mm

AVAILABLE AS A SET COMPRISING rofile elo the otto hin erofile et een the hin esrofile a o e the to hin e

MANUFACTURERAthmer GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

MATERIALl ini a ric

FINISHo sin

Anodised aluminium or colour coated

FABRICYellow-blackBordeaux-blackBlue-blackGreen-blackWhite-blackBlack

DIMENSIONSMin. lenght 290 mmMax. lenght 2500 mm

STANDARD LENGHT1925 mm

Page 230: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

The Porti door opening restrictor prevents hazards and damage caused by doors swinging back. Brakes and stops the door exactly where you want it to. Adaptive dampning protects the door leaf and frame. oncealed in the door lea so no tri in ha ards. ita le ro retrofittin . nd rance tested on asis

of DIN EN 13126-5. Meets class 4.For use in both wooden door leaf with solid wooden door frame and wooden door leaf with metaldoor ra e. aila le in di erent ar len hts.

MANUFACTURERAthmer GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1029

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired arm lenght

PORTI 310 AND 400

DOOR OPENING RESTRICTOR

1029.0205X

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

MATERIALnodised al ini rofile

FINISHSilver

GROOVE SIZE

ARM LENGTH

FOR DOOR LEAF WIDTH

DOOR LEAF WEIGHT30 KG

DAMPERHighly elastic PU elastomer

PIVOT BEARINGWear-free plastic

228

Page 231: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

The blaugelb® seal ro lanet is an a to atic dro seal or sin le and do le in oldin doors made of wood, plastic and metal plus sliding doors, accordion- and partition walls as well, for sound protection- and smoke-shielding doors,release on hinge side with automatic compensation in case of an inclined oor arallel dro do n seal li t hei ht to sh or dee er to t in roo e ith li rotection. ilicone li astenin ro the otto al in rofile .

1029

BLAUGELB KT DROP SEAL

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired version

1029.0300X

BLAUGELB KT DROP SEAL

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

MATERIALl ini ilicone

FINISHGrey

SEAL PROFILEHigh grade silicone or high grade self extinguishing silicone

GROOVE SIZE13 x 25 mm

SEAL HEIGHTUp to 16 mm

SOUND ABSORPTIONUp to 48dB at 7mm space to the oor

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT n realese no allen e

RELEASEUnilaterally on hinge side

FASTENINGOn the side with stainless steel angle

STOPPING PLATEStainless steel 20x20mm

DIMENSIONS

Page 232: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 233: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FURNITURE FITTINGS

Page 234: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

GBM Solutions has a large number of different cabinet handles in our blaugelb® collection. Our han-dles are MANUFACTURERd in stainless steel for the elegant, simple yet functional look on any cabinet or drawer. The hygienic benefits of stainless steel makes the handles ideal for use in kitchens and bathrooms.

Different designs, shapes and sizes ensures we can supply you with a handle that will cover your specific need.

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1030MATERIAL

Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER12 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

Add the colour coding after the item number

T SHAPE

U SHAPE

EDGED U SHAPE

CABINET HANDLES

1030.0000X

1030.0001X

1030.0002

MATERIAL Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER12 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

MATERIAL Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER14 mm

LENGHTS110 mm, cc 96 mm

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

232

Page 235: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

CABINET HANDLESGBM Solutions has a large number of different cabinet handles in our blaugelb® collection. Our han-dles are MANUFACTURERd in stainless steel for the elegant, simple yet functional look on any cabinet or drawer. The hygienic benefits of stainless steel makes the handles ideal for use in kitchens and bathrooms.

Different designs, shapes and sizes ensures we can supply you with a handle that will cover your specific need.

1030

FH102

FH104

FH105

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired lenght

Add the colour coding after the item number

1030.0003X

1030.0004X

1030.0005X

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER10 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER12 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONS

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

Page 236: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

GBM Solutions has a large number of different cabinet handles in our blaugelb® collection. Our han-dles are MANUFACTURERd in stainless steel for the elegant, simple yet functional look on any cabinet or drawer. The hygienic benefits of stainless steel makes the handles ideal for use in kitchens and bathrooms.

Different designs, shapes and sizes ensures we can supply you with a handle that will cover your specific need.

MANUFACTURERGB Meesenburg OHG

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1030MATERIAL

Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER10 mm

LENGHTS cc

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

Add the colour coding after the item number

FH015

FLUSH PULL

CABINET HANDLES

1030.0006X

1030.0007X

MATERIAL Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER

COLOUR CODING

Satin stainless steel SSSPolished stainless steel PPSPolished Brass PBBrass (PVD) BRAntique brass (PVD) ABBronze (PVD) BO

234

Page 237: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

CABINET HANDLESAs a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.

Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.

1030

VECTIS CHROM BRUSH

VECTIS SATIN STAINLESS

FECTIO CHROM BRUSH

NOTE

1030.0100

1030.01001

1030.0102

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHChrome

DIMENSIONSen ht idht ei ht

cc

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSen ht idht ei ht

cc

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHChrome

DIMENSIONSen ht ei ht

cc

Page 238: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

As a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.

Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.

MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1030

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

FECTIO SATIN STAINLESS

BALMO SATIN STAINLESS

BALMO CHROM

CABINET HANDLES

1030.0103

1030.0004

1030.0105

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSen ht ei ht

cc

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSen ht ei ht

cc

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHChrom mat

DIMENSIONSen ht ei ht

cc

236

Page 239: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

CABINET HANDLESAs a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.

Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.

1030

TRENTO CHROM

TRENTO STAINNLESS

LIPSIA SATIN CHROM

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired lenght

1030.0106X

1030.0107X

1030.0108X

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHChrome

DIMENSIONS cc hei ht cc hei ht

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONS cc hei ht cc hei ht

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHDual - Chrome satain stainless

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

HEIGHT35 mm

Page 240: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

As a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.

Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.

MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1030

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

LIPSIA ALU CHROM

ALBONE ALU

HALE CHROM

CABINET HANDLES

1030.0109X

1030.0110X

1030.0111X

MATERIAL Stainless steel

FINISHChrome

DIAMETER12 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHDual - Alu chrome

LENGHTS 104 mm, cc 96 mm cc cc cc

HEIGHT:35 mm

MATERIAL Stainless steel

FINISHAlu

DIAMETER12 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

238

Page 241: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

CABINET HANDLESAs a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.

Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.

1030

AVENIO CHROM BRUSH

AVENIO CHROM

NICIA CHROM BRUSH

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired lenght

1030.0112X

1030.0113X

1030.0114X

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHChrome brushed

DIAMETER10 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHChrome brushed

DIAMETER10 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHChrome

DIAMETER10 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

Page 242: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

As a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.

Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.

MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1030

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

NICIA CHROM

PANIA CHROM

PANIA CHROM BRUSH

CABINET HANDLES

1030.0115X

1030.0116X

1030.0117X

MATERIAL Stainless steel

FINISHChrome

DIMENSIONS cc ia. cc ia.

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHChrome

DIAMETER10 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

MATERIAL Stainless steel

FINISHChrome brushed

DIMENSIONS cc ia. cc ia.

240

Page 243: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

CABINET HANDLESAs a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.

Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.

1030

PANIA STEEL

CALISIA

LINDAVIA

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired lenght

1030.0118X

1030.0119X

1030.0120X

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHChrome brushed

LENGHTS

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONS cc ia. cc ia.

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHAlu

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

Page 244: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

As a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.

Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.

MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1030

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

LAMEZIA CHROM BRUSH

LAMEZIA CHROM

LAMEZIA STEEL

CABINET HANDLES

1030.0121X

1030.0122X

1030.0123X

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHChrome brushed

LENGHTS

THICKNESS3 mm

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHChrome

LENGHTS

THICKNESS3 mm

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin steel look

LENGHTS

THICKNESS3 mm

242

Page 245: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERHETTICH GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

CABINET HANDLESAs a design element, a furniture handle plays an important part in a room. With little effort, a handle can be used to take a trend to any piece of furniture and provide a powerful impact.To do this, a handle must make a trend a tangible experience. Design, material and feel must be un-mistakeable. The handle is the first part you touch, the first contact with furniture.

Hettich is one of the world’s largest MANUFACTURER of furniture fittings and the range of different handles is immense. From alu to steel - and in so many different shapes and sizes that there is sure to be one to suit anyone.

1030

CAPRIS ALU

CAPRIS CROM

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired lenght

1030.0124X

1030.0125X

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHAlu

LENGHTS

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHChrome brushed

LENGHTS

Page 246: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Siro has more than 60 years of company history and is a large international player in more than 50 countries. Tradition and resistance combined with striving for innovation has made SIRO one of the leading producers and suppliers of decorative furniture fittings.

Siro is always at the front when it comes to new design, setting trends and developing suitable prod-ucts that meets the standards of modern, contemporary furniture fittings.

MANUFACTURERSIRO GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria

WARRENTY5 years

1030

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

T SHAPE 12 MM

T SHAPE 10 MM

U SHAPE 8 MM

CABINET HANDLES

1030.0200X

1030.0201X

1030.0202X

MATERIAL Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER12 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

MATERIAL Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER10 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

MATERIAL Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER8 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc

244

Page 247: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERSIRO GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria

WARRENTY5 years

CABINET HANDLESSiro has more than 60 years of company history and is a large international player in more than 50 countries. Tradition and resistance combined with striving for innovation has made SIRO one of the leading producers and suppliers of decorative furniture fittings.

Siro is always at the front when it comes to new design, setting trends and developing suitable prod-ucts that meets the standards of modern, contemporary furniture fittings.

1030

U SHAPE 10 MM

LENIO

CANTAS

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired lenght

1030.0203X

1030.0204X

1030.0205X

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER10 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER10 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER

LENGHTS:

Page 248: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Siro has more than 60 years of company history and is a large international player in more than 50 countries. Tradition and resistance combined with striving for innovation has made SIRO one of the leading producers and suppliers of decorative furniture fittings.

Siro is always at the front when it comes to new design, setting trends and developing suitable prod-ucts that meets the standards of modern, contemporary furniture fittings.

MANUFACTURERSIRO GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria

WARRENTY5 years

1030

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired lenght

BASCO

CANTAS SS

CANTAS

CABINET HANDLES

1030.0206X

1030.0207X

1030.0208X

MATERIAL Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER12,7 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

MATERIAL Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER14 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

MATERIAL Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIAMETER10 mm

LENGHTS cc

cc cc cc

246

Page 249: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERSIRO GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINAustria

WARRENTY5 years

CABINET HANDLESSiro has more than 60 years of company history and is a large international player in more than 50 countries. Tradition and resistance combined with striving for innovation has made SIRO one of the leading producers and suppliers of decorative furniture fittings.

Siro is always at the front when it comes to new design, setting trends and developing suitable prod-ucts that meets the standards of modern, contemporary furniture fittings.

1030

QUATTRO 15 MM

QUATTRO 40 MM

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired lenght

1030.0209X

1030.0210X

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

WIDTH15 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

WIDTH10 mm

LENGHTS cc cc cc cc

Page 250: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

JuNie cylinder lever locks 2931 and 2936 with nut fixture - brass cylinder, nickel or chrome polished, with exterior thread; for steel constructions; 90° turn.

Cylinder lever lock 2976 “without knob”, brass cylinder, nickel-plated satin finish, 90° turn. For glass door

MANUFACTURERJuNie GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

1031

NOTE

CYLINDER LEVER LOCKS WITH NUT FIXTURE - 2931

CYLINDER LEVER LOCKS WITH NUT FIXTURE - 2936

CYLINDER LEVER LOCK WITHOUT KNOB - 2976

CABINET LOCKS

1031.0000

1031.0001

1031.0002

MATERIAL Brass

FINISHNickel or chrome polished

OPENING TURN90

KEY2 captive key

APPLICATIONSteel or wood

MATERIAL Brass

FINISHNickel or chrome polished

OPENING TURN90

KEY2 captive key

APPLICATIONSteel or wood

MATERIAL Brass

FINISHNickel -plated satin

OPENING TURN90

KEY2 captive key

APPLICATIONGlass

248

Page 251: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERJuNie GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

CABINET LOCKSSurface mouinted dead locks, 2826, for cylinder, iron nickel plated case, cylinder is brass polished; 2 keys, 1 brass polished rose.

Surface mouinted dead locks, 2828, for cylinder, iron nickel plated case, cylinder is brass polished; 2 keys, 1 brass polished rose. Transposable to 6 various sizes for right, left, drawer and flap. Suitable for masterkey systems.

1031

SURFACE MOUNTED DEAD LOCK - 2826

SURFACE MOUNTED DEAD LOCK - 2828

NOTE

1031.0003

1031.0004

MATERIALase ron linder rass

FINISHase ic el latedlinder olished

KEY2 captive key

ACCESSORIES1 brass polished rose

MATERIALase ron linder rass

FINISHase ic el latedlinder olished

KEY2 captive key

ACCESSORIES1 brass polished rose

Page 252: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Base lock 1781 without adapters, surface mounted; nickel plated metal case; suitable for all direc-tions; suitable for assembly on fixed lock.

Locking adapterswith thread and fastening screws for assembly on fixed lock. Ø 22 mm, 23 mm long, 360° turn; 2 keys, 1 brass polished rose.

rther c linder len hts a aila le

MANUFACTURERJuNie GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

1031

NOTE

BASE LOCK 1781

LOCKING ADAPTER 7638

SYSTEM LOCKS

1031.0005

1031.0006

MATERIALIron

FINISHNickel plated

KEYMKS

MATERIAL Brass

FINISHNickel plated

KEY2 keys

DIAMTERØ22 mm

TURN360

250

Page 253: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERJuNie GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

SYSTEM LOCKSDead locks 7407 for profile-cylinders, nickel plated metal case; for right and left hand use, with cylin-der fastening screw (7422) and nickel plated strike plate (2572) adjustable in axial direction

Half profile cylinder 3351, brass nickel plated; 5 pin tumbler; 3 keys; nickel plated fastening screw M 5 x 85 mm

1031

SYSTEM PZ FOR BUILDING AND FURNITURE - 7407

HALF CYLINDER 3351

NOTE

1031.0007

1031.0008

MATERIALIron

FINISHNickel plated

ACCESSORIESCylinder fastning screwNickel plated striking plate

MATERIALBrass

FINISHNickel plated

KEY3 keys

TUMBLER5 pins

Page 254: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Furore System latch lock 8506 without cylinder cores; surface mounted, nickel plated metal; 1 nickel plated rose; to be used in all directions; for door thickness up to 19 mm ( up to 26 mm with extended cylinder core)

Knob “rotating and lockable” 8521, metal, Ø 28 mm, with 4 rubber rings prepared for cylinder “without cylinder cores. Rotating and lockable; 180° turn; for door thickness up to 21 mm

Cylinder 8536 with 10 pin tumblers, all brass; nickel plated on visible surface, 2 keys.

MANUFACTURERJuNie GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

1031

NOTE

LATCH LOCK 8506

KNOB - 8521

CYLINDERS 8536

INTERCHANGEABLE CYLINDER CORES

1031.0009

1031.0010

1031.0011

MATERIALMetal

FINISHNickel plated

DOOR THICKNESS21 mm

DIAMTERØ28 mm

OPENING ANGLE180

MATERIALMetal

FINISHNickel plated

DOOR THICKNESS19 mm

APPLICATIONWood

Dead, latch & espagnolette locks With or without plate

MATERIALBrass

FINISHNickel plated

TUMBLER10 Pin

KEY2 keys

252

Page 255: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERJuNie GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

INTERCHANGEABLE CYLINDER CORESCentral locking device 8516 with drawer catch; without cylinder cores; nickel plated metal; Ø 18 mm; 1 nickel plated rose (7411); for door thickness up to 19 mm or 26 mm; 180° turn; 13 mm throw

Cylinder core 8535 nick. plated metal; for door thickness of 19mm; 5 disc tumblers; 2 reversible keys; suitable for masterkey system.

1031

CENTRAL LOCKING DEVICE 8516

CYLINDER CORE 8535

NOTECylinder core 8535 - decor gold plated available on demande

1031.0012

1031.0013

MATERIALMetal

FINISHNickel plated

KEY2 reversible keys

TUMBLER5 disc

MATERIALMetal

FINISHNickel plated

DOOR THICKNESS

DIAMTERØ18 mm

TURN180

Page 256: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Furore System counter plate 8572 for glass door lever lock, nickel plated metal; two-piece, with screw fixture; 2 plastic washers; for thickness of material from 4 mm to 10 mm.ccessories incl. scre scre .

Glass door lever lock 8571 nickel plated metal;without cylinder cores; for thickness of material from 4 mm to 10 mm; 180° turn. ccessories incl. nic el lated satin inish co er late ith lastic asher nic el lated

lever form A (2660); 1 brass nut M19 (2619) with plastic washer; 1 spacer (2661); 1 tooth lock washer (2662); 1 screw (2663); 1 strike plate (2572)

MANUFACTURERJuNie GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

1031

NOTE

COUNTER PLATE FOR GLASS DOOR 8572

GLASS DOOR LEVER LOCK 8571

CYLINDERS 8536

INTERCHANGEABLE CYLINDER CORES - GLASS

1031.0014

1031.0015

1031.0011

MATERIALMetal

FINISHNickel plated

DOOR THICKNESS4-10 mm

OPENING ANGLE180

MATERIALMetal

FINISHNickel plated

DOOR THICKNESS4-10 mm

MATERIALBrass

FINISHNickel plated

TUMBLER10 Pin

KEY2 keys

254

Page 257: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 258: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Plastic dual castor wheels with fitting=plate and wheels in black RAL 9005.

Plastic dual castor with brake with fitting=plate and wheels in black RAL 9005

Design swivel castor with housing of zinc diecasting, grey polyurethane tyre and threaded stem for fitting.

MANUFACTURERBS Rollen GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1032

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired dimension

PLASTIC DUAL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG

PLASTIC DUAL CASTOR WITH BRAKE - MAX LOAD 40 KG

DESIGN SWIVEL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG

FURNITURE CASTORS

1032.0000X

1032.0001X

1032.0002

WHEEL DIAMETER

WEIGHT

GROUND CLEARANCE

FIXING PLATE42x42 mm, cc 32x32 mm

SCREW HOLE DIAMETER5 mm

WHEEL DIAMETER

WEIGHT

GROUND CLEARANCE

FIXING PLATE42x42 mm, cc 32x32 mm

SCREW HOLE DIAMETER5 mm

WHEEL DIAMETER75 mm

WEIGHT50 Kg

GROUND CLEARANCE100 mm

THREADED STEM10 x 15 mm

256

Page 259: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERBS Rollen GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

FURNITURE CASTORSPlastic dual castor with black housing and grey wheels. Fixing plate.

Plastic dual castor with brake, black housing and grey wheels. Fixing plate.

1032

PLASTIC DUAL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG

PLASTIC DUAL CASTOR WITH BRAKE - MAX LOAD 50 KG

NOTEAvailable in more sizes on request

1032.0003

1032.0004

WHEEL DIAMETER75 mm

WEIGHT50 Kg

GROUND CLEARANCE100 mm

FIXING PLATE47x47 mm cc

SCREW HOLE DIAMETER6 mm

WHEEL DIAMETER75 mm

WEIGHT50 Kg

GROUND CLEARANCE100 mm

FIXING PLATE47x47 mm cc

SCREW HOLE DIAMETER6 mm

Page 260: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Fixed castor with fork of sheet steel, black.Tread and wheel body in Plastic transparent.Plain bearing.

Swivel castor with fork of sheet steel, black, dual-row ball bearings collar in fork head. Plain bearingWheel body in Plastic transparent

Swivel castor with break and fork of sheet steel, black, dual-row ball bearings collar in fork head. Plain bearing Wheel body in Plastic transparent

MANUFACTURERBS Rollen GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1032

NOTEAvailable in more sizes on request

FIXED CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG

SWIVEL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG

SWIVEL CASTOR WITH TOTAL BRAKE - MAX LOAD 50 KG

FURNITURE CASTORS

1032.0005

1032.0006

1032.0007

WHEEL DIAMETER75 mm

WHEEL WIDTH23 MM

WEIGHT50 Kg

GROUND CLEARANCE103 mm

FIXING PLATE60x60 mm

cc

SCREW HOLE DIAMETER6,3 mm

WHEEL DIAMETER75 mm

WHEEL WIDTH23 MM

WEIGHT50 Kg

GROUND CLEARANCE103 mm

FIXING PLATE60x60 mm

cc

SCREW HOLE DIAMETER6,3 mm

WHEEL DIAMETER75 mm

WHEEL WIDTH23 MM

WEIGHT50 Kg

GROUND CLEARANCE103 mm

FIXING PLATE60x60 mm

cc

SCREW HOLE DIAMETER6,3 mm

258

Page 261: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERBS Rollen GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

FURNITURE CASTORSBoth models are swivel castor, with zinc plated sheet steel housing and rubber wheel. Suitable for hard floors

1032

SWIVEL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 40 KG

SWIVEL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG

NOTEAvailable in more sizes on request

Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired dimension

1032.0008X

1032.0009X

WHEEL DIAMETER

WHEEL WIDHT

WEIGHT

GROUND CLEARANCE

FIXING PLATE cc cc

SCREW HOLE DIAMETER6,5 mm for all sizes

WHEEL DIAMETER

WHEEL WIDHT

WEIGHT

GROUND CLEARANCE

FIXING PLATE cc c cc c cc

SCREW HOLE DIAMETER

Page 262: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Box castor with zinc plated sheet steel housing, plastic wheel and plain bearing. Suitable for soft floors

MANUFACTURERBS Rollen GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1032

NOTEAvailable in more sizes on request

Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired dimension

FIXED CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG

SWIVEL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 50 KG

SWIVEL CASTOR WITH TOTAL BRAKE - MAX LOAD 50 KG

FURNITURE CASTORS

1032.0010X

1032.0001X

1031.0011

WHEEL DIAMETER

WHEEL WIDHT

WEIGHT

GROUND CLEARANCE

FIXING PLATE cc cc cc

SCREW HOLE DIAMETER

260

Page 263: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERBS Rollen GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

FURNITURE CASTORSSwivel castor with zinc plated sheet steel housing. Plastic wheel. Suitable for soft floors

1032

SWIVEL CASTOR - MAX LOAD 25 KG

NOTEAvailable in more sizes on request

Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired dimension

1032.0011X

WHEEL DIAMETER

WHEEL WIDHT

WEIGHT

GROUND CLEARANCE

FIXING PLATE cc cc cc

SCREW HOLE DIAMETER5 mm for all sizes

Page 264: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

BMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.

For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings

BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture

MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1033

NOTE

ALU BRUSHED - RAL 9006

CHROM POLISHED

CHROM BRUSHED

CABLE ENTRY Ø60 MM

1033.0000A

1033.0000C

1033.0000E

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

DIAMETERø 60 mm

HIGHT

WHITE1033.0000B

BLACK1033.0000D

SATIN STAINLESS STEEL FINISH1033.0000F - 1033.0000G

262

Page 265: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

CABLE ENTRY Ø80 MMBMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.

For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings

BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture

1033

BLACK

NOTE

1033.0001BALU BRUSHED1033.0001A

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

DIAMETERø 80 mm

HIGHT

STAINLESS STEEL FINISH1033.0001D

CHROME POLISHED1033.0001C

Page 266: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

BMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.

For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings

BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture

MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1034

NOTE

CONNECTOR 15 MM - DEPTH 19 MM

CONNETOR 20 MM - DEPTH 19 MM

BOLTS 5 MM

ACCESSORIES

1034.0000A - 1034.0000BTECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

1034.0000AConnector 15 mm - Depth 19 mm

itho t co er an eNickle plated

1034.0000BConnector 15 mm - Depth 19 mm

ith co er an eNickle plated

1034.0001Ae o sin

Depth 19 mmlastic inc allo

1034.0001BLarge opening

o sin Depth 19 mm

lastic inc allo

1034.0001Ce o sin

Depth 19 mmlastic inc allo

1034.0001DLarge opening

o sin Depth 19 mm

lastic inc allo

1034.0002AV-Type Connector ø20 mm

Depth 19 mmlastic a ac

1034.0002BLarge opening connector ø20 mm

Depth 19 mmlastic a ac

1034.0003ACover cap for ø12 & ø15 mm

WhitePlastic

1034.0004ASteel bolt ø5 mm

Lenght 20 mmZinc plated

1034.0004BSteel bolt ø5 mm

Lenght 30 mmZinc plated

1034.0005ASteel bolt ø5 mm

Zinc plated

1034.0005BSteel bolt M4

Zinc plated

HOUSING Ø20/10 - Ø30/10 MM

1034.0001A - 1034.0001D

COVER CAP FOR Ø12 & Ø15 MM

1034.0003A

BOLTS FOR 20, 25 AND 32 MM1034.0005A - 1034.0005B

1034.0002A - 1034.0002B

1034.0004A - 1034.0004B

264

Page 267: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

ACCESSORIESBMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.

For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings

BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture

1034

DOUBLE BALL CATCH

NOTE

1034.0009A - 1034.0009F

BOLTS FOR 30 MM1034.0006A - 1034.0006B

BRASS SPREADING DOWEL M41034.0008A

NYLON DOWEL M41034.0007A

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

1034.0006AModulfix bolt 5mmThread lenght 11 mmZinc plated

1034.0006BModulfix boltThread M4Zinc plated

1034.0007ANylon dowel M4Lenght & Ø 8 mmWhite plastic

1034.0008ABrass spreadsing dowel M4Lenght 7,8 mm, Ø 5 mmBrass

1034.0009ABrass double ball catch with adjusting screw. Spring and ball in steelZinc plated, lenght 43 mm

1034.0009BBrass double ball catch with adjusting screw. Spring and ball in steelNickel plated, lenght 43 mm

1034.0009CBrass double ball catch with adjusting screw. Spring and ball in steelZinc plated, lenght 50 mm

1034.0009DBrass double ball catch with adjusting screw. Spring and ball in steelNickel plated, lenght 50 mm

1034.0009EBrass double ball catch with adjusting screw. Spring and ball in steelZinc plated, lenght 60 mm

1034.0009FBrass double ball catch with adjusting screw. Spring and ball in steelNickel plated, lenght 60 mm

1034.0010ACarcase connentor,screw om typea a inc allo

1034.0011ACarcase connentor,screw om typea a inc allo

1034.0011BCarcase connentor,screw om typea a inc allo

CARCASE CONNECTOR1034.0011A - 1034.0011B

CARCASE CONNECTOR1034.0010A

Page 268: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

BMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.

For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings

BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture

MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1034

NOTE

PROFILED PLATE

WORKTOP CONNECTOR

ACCESSORIES

1034.0012A - 1034.0012BTECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

1034.0012AProfiled plate

43 mmSteel blanc

1034.0012BProfiled plate

60 mmSteel blanc

1034.0013AConnecting screw w. M4 thread

28-36 mmSteel nickel plated

1034.0013BConnecting screw w. M4 thread

36-44 mmSteel nickel plated

1034.0014APre-assembledLenght 65 mm

Steel zink plated

1034.0014BPre-assembled

Lenght 150 mmSteel zink plated

1034.0015APre-assembled

quick assembly with screwdriverLenght 65 mm

Steel zink plated

1034.0015BPre-assembled

quick assembly with screwdriverLenght 150 mmSteel zinc plated

CONNECTING SCREW W. M4 THREAD

1034.0013A - 1034.0013B

WORKTOP CONNECOTR1034.0015A - 1034.0015B1034.0014A - 1034.0014B

266

Page 269: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

ACCESSORIESBMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.

For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings

BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture

1034

NOTE

TABLE LEGS Ø60 MM

TABLE LEGS Ø80 MM

1034.0016A - 1034.0016C

1034.0017A - 1034.0017B

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

1034.0016ATable legs ø 60 mmLenght 870 mmChrome polished4 pcs.

1034.0016BTable legs ø 60 mmLenght 870 mmatin stainless steel finish

4 pcs.

1034.0016CTable legs ø 60 mmLenght 1110 mmatin stainless steel finish

1 pcs.

1034.0017ATable legs ø 80 mmLenght 870 mmatin stainless steel finish

4 pcs.

1034.0017BTable legs ø 80 mmLenght 1110 mmatin stainless steel finish

1 pcs.

Page 270: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

BMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.

For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings

BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture

MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

1035

NOTE

SHELF SUPPORT FOR 5 MM BORE HOLE

SHELF SUPPORT FOR 5 MM BORE HOLE

SHELF SUPPORT FOR 5 MM BORE HOLE

WARDROBE ACCESSORIES

1035.0000A - 1035.0000CTECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

1035.0000AShelf support T5 5 mm bore hole

Transparent plastic

1035.0000BShelf support T5 5 mm bore hole

White plastic

1035.0000CShelf support T5 5 mm bore hole

Brown plastic

1035.0001AShelf support

5 mm bore holeNickel plated

1035.0001BShelf support

5 mm bore holeNickel plated

1035.0001CShelf support

5 mm bore holeNickel plated

1035.0001DShelf support

5 mm bore holeNickel plated

1035.0001EShelf support

5 mm bore holeNickel plated

SHELF SUPPORT FOR 5 MM BORE HOLE1035.0001A

SHELF SUPPORT FOR 5 MM BORE HOLE1035.0001C

SHELF SUPPORT FOR 5 MM BORE HOLE1035.0001E

1035.0001B

1035.0001D

268

Page 271: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

gbm-solutions.com

MANUFACTURERBMB Beschläge GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY5 years

WARDROBE ACCESSORIESBMB´s key focus is on furniture fittings, comprising ranges such as locking Systems, cable manage-ment and table Legs.

For more than 20 years, BMB has developed high quality products - approved for regular use by Ger-man craftsmen - in line with the traditionally worldwide respected ethos of German engineered fittings

BMB means best meets best. Choosing BMB products compliments and enhances the quality of good furniture

1035

SHELF SUPPORT - PIN

NOTE

1035.0002D - 1035.0002E

SHELF SUPPORT - PIN1035.0002A

GLASS SHELF SUPPORT - PIN1035.0002C

SHELF SUPPORT - PIN1035.0002B

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

1035.0002AShelf support pin5 x 24 mmZinc plated

1035.0002BShelf support pin5 x 20 mmZinc plated

1035.0002CGlass shelf support pinw. rubber - 5 x 20 mmZinc plated

1035.0002DShelf support pin5 x 16,5 mm Zinc plated

1035.0002EShelf support pin5 x 16,5 mm Nickel plated

1035.0003AOval tube, glueless welded 30 x 15 x 1 mmCrhome platedLength 2000 mm

1035.0003BOval tube, glueless welded 30 x 15 x 1 mmCrhome platedLength 5000 mm

1035.0004ATube bracket w. screw holes Nickel plated

TUBE BRACKET W. 3 SCREW HOLES1035.0004A

OVAL TUBE 30 X 15 MM1035.0003A - 1035.0003B

Page 272: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 273: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

273 BATHROOM SUPPLIERS275 BARRIER FREE283 DISPENSERS & BINS295 BATHROOM ACCESSORIES

4 BATHROOM

Page 274: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

272

Page 275: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

ONLY THE BEST WILL DO

The bathroom suppliers we collaborate with are well known for their

quality, expertise and not least, the inspirational and functional de-

signs that has won numerous prices and design awards. From the

smallest of towel hooks to an extra-large sanitary panel - the atten-

tion to detail is always at the center of product development.

Furthermore, our bathroom suppliers has an extraordinary way of

considering - not only their own bathroom product design, but also

to fully take into consideration the environment in which the product

has to work and function. That means their products are well de-

signed, timeless in their expression, functional, easy to install and

not least hygienic and easy to clean as the surroundings in which

they are installed often are harsh and challenging due to the use of

chemical cleaning agents and very often humid environments.

The bathroom products that we supply are sure to live up to your

expectations and to enhance any bathroom installation in which it is

installed hether it is a ri ate athroo an entire hotel oor or

a larger sanitary installation in an airport or a commercial building.

In GBM Solutions, we work closely together with clients, architects,

engineers, developers and our trusted suppliers to tailor a solution of

products that exactly suit, not only the requirement for design and

function, but also the desired budget.

OUR BATHROOM SUPPLIERS

SUPPLIERS

Page 276: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

HEWI

HEWI is a worldwide supplier of sanitary, hardware and electronic lock-

in s ste s. n de elo ed its first fittin s rod cts or

older and disabled people. In collaboration with users, architects and

those a ected de elo ed rther nctional and desi n oriented

products – and became the topic and brand leader in the accessibility

sector.

Design, Material and Quality combined with intelligent functions and

consistent desi n are nified at . ard innin desi n ith

high quality and well thought through functions characterize the

HEWI sanitary systems and ranges. Comfort and convenience as-

pects and accessibility products are integrated in each HEWI sanitary

system, so that intergenerational use is possible.

The modularity of HEWI sanitary systems makes them suitable for

both private and public buildings as well as for institutional care fa-

cilities. co rehensi e rod ct ran e ens res c sto fit sol tions

precisely orientated to the area of use.

ith the net or in o the three siness se ents hard are sani-

tar and electronic loc in s ste s satisfies the ro in de and

of the market and provides comprehensive system solutions from a

single source. Whether entrance area, sanitary room or staircase, the

products are coordinated with each other, both in style and in function.

OUR BATHROOM SUPPLIERS

SUPPLIERS

D LINE

d line is a global supplier of interior concepts with a product portfo-

lio comprising door levers, locks, sanitary hardware, handrail, signs &

access control equipment. The d line series are all designed by the

Danish designer and Professor Knud Holscher.

The bathroom accessories from d line are all based on these quali-

ties; impeccable design solutions, intrinsic functionalism and instal-

lation techniques developed through years of invaluble experience.

Hygiene and maintenance are already prevalent concerns in the

products design phase.

d line is able to supply bathroom accessories for every need - wheter

it is for at private home or a larger commercial building. As with all

d line products they are produced in AISI 316 steel for a long life

circle and easy maintenance which makes the products suitable for

use in very humid environments. d line is also able to supply a range

of products to suit the people with special needs. Beautiful and ele-

gant lines characterizes the d line barrier free range. Suitable also for

hi h tra c areas d e to the stron et e i le desi n.

d line continue to expand their business with focus on emerging cus-

tomer needs, innovation and design. From the headquarters in Denmark

they employ approximately 60 people in 7 countries and market their

products in over 40 countries.

274

Page 277: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

BARRIER FREE

Page 278: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

L shaped support rail, made of high-quality stainless steel, satin surface. Vertical and horizontal bars oined to or an sha e. all connection ith fili ree s orts er endic lar to all and at s are roses. as installation d e to indi id all o nted fi in lates ade o hi h alit

stainless steel for hanging the support rails. Left handed version

Vertical stainless steel rail with supports perpendicular to the wall, with shower head holder and rose fi in s. all connection ith fili ree s orts er endic lar to all and at s are roses Cubic shower head holder with 95 mm long function lever for easy use, shower head holder contin-o sl ad sta le. as installation d e to indi id all o nted fi in lates ade o hi h alit

stainless steel for hanging the rail.

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

2010MATERIAL

Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSertical len ht

ori ontal len ht e th

ail dia. oses

ITEMe t handed

i ht handed

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version

lied ith fi in aterial

HEWI L-SHAPED SUPPORT RAIL - 950.22.600LXA

HEWI RAIL WITH SHOWER HEAD HOLDER - 950.33.600XA

HEWI RAIL WITH SHOWER HEAD HOLDER - 950.33.610XA

BARRIER FREE

2010.0000X

2010.0001

2010.0002

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSen ht e th

ail dia. oses

SHOWER HEAD HOLDERaterial teel

Hewi colour 92 (anthracite grey)

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSen ht e th ail

oses

SHOWER HEAD HOLDERaterial teel

Hewi colour 92 (anthracite grey)

276

Page 279: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

tainless steel strai ht ar ith s orts er endic lar to the all and rose fi in s. all connection ith fili ree s orts er endic lar to all and at s are roses. as installation d e to

indi id all o nted fi in lates ade o hi h alit stainless steel or han in the s ort rails.lied ith fi in aterial.

Hinged support rail Mono, stainless steel with a horizontal, two-dimensional gripping level, can be folded upwards and, with friction device, downwards. Wall-mounting plate cap made of high-quality ol a ide in stainless steel loo . or all o ntin ith s ecial fi in aterial ro .

Hinged support rail Duo,stainlees steel with two gripping levels arranged above each other, can be folded upwards and, with friction device, downwards. Bottom rail is merged with the top rail at an angle of 135°. Wall-mounting plate cap made of high-quality polyamide in stainless steel-look For wall

o ntin ith s ecial fi in aterial ro

2010

HEWI SUPPORT RAIL - 950.36.630XA

HEWI HINGED SUPPORT RAIL MONO - 950.50.610XA

NOTEUpgrade kits such as toilet roll holder, arm pad etc. are available for the hinged support rails.

2010.0003

2010.0004

BARRIER FREE

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSen ht e th ail oses

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSen ht ail dia. o ntin late

FIXINGall o ntin hree oint fi in

Fixing material to be ordered sep-arately according to wall type so please advise when ordering.

HEWI HINGED SUPPORT RAIL DUO- 950.50.630XA2010.0005

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSen ht o ail dia. otto rail o ntin late

FIXINGall o ntin hree oint fi in

Fixing material to be ordered sep-arately according to wall type so please advise when ordering.

LOAD CAPACITY100 kg (accessible to DIN 18040)

Page 280: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

ac rest or hin ed seats and . ade o lass fi re rein orced ol a -ide. o ered fi in . ncl din non corrosi e fi in aterial

HEWI Hinged seat 350, construction made of wall bracket and continuous seat. Seat made of white, lass fi re rein orced ol a ide. all rac et ade o etal hite o der coated. eat can e old-

ed seat de th hen olded . o str ts or fi in s isi le in olded state.o ina le ith ac rest . . . lied onl ith fi in aterial.

Mobile, lightweight, shower-proof stool. Discrete round tubular design combined with an ergonomi-cally curved seat. Generously sized, pleasantly warm seat made of polyamide, slightly textured. With inte rated ri in handle slots or eas sittin do n and standin .

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

2010MATERIAL

lass fi er

FINISH hite

nthracite re

DIMENSIONSidth i ht

e th

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version

lied ith fi in aterial

HEWI BACK REST - 950.51.02090

HEWI HINGED SEAT 350 - 950.51.20090

HEWI SHOWER STOOL - 950.51.30092

BARRIER FREE

2010.0006X

2010.0007X

2010.0008

MATERIALlass fi er

FINISH hite

nthracite re

DIMENSIONSidth e th i ht

LOAD CAPACITY:Up to 150 Kg

FRAME hro e finish r er eet

SEAT Textured polyamide

Hewi colour 92 (anthracite grey)

DIMENSIONSi ht idth

eat idth

LOAD CAPACITY150 kg (accessible to DIN 18040)

278

Page 281: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

d line grab rail Ø35 mm AISI 316 satin stainless steel

d line hang on seat for grab rail Ø32mm, High seat level with Non-slip surface to ensure correct posi-tioning for users. Tested up to 450 kg. Produced in non-allergenic PU foam. Fold up seat, seat depth when folded up is 157 mm (incl. rail)

d line wallhunges seat, PU foam and AISI 316 satin stainless steel

2010

D LINE SHOWER GRAB RAIL - 14.7503

D LINE HANG ON SEAT - 14.7502

NOTEScrews for mounting are NOT included

Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version

2010.0100

2010.0101X

BARRIER FREE

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSei ht idth e th

SHOWER HEAD HOLDERMust be ordered seperately

MATERIALPolyamide

FINISH hite nthracite re

DIMENSIONSei ht idth. e th

FIXINGOn grab rail

D LINE WALLHUNG SEAT - 14.75022010.0102X

MATERIALPU Foam

FINISH hite nthracite re

DIMENSIONSei ht idth. e th

FIXINGWall hung

Page 282: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

d line grab rail Ø35mm AISI 316 satin stainless steel, straight end. incl. wall supports

d line grab rail Ø35mm AISI 316 satin stainless steel. bend end. incl wall supports MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

2010MATERIAL

Stainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSen ht

cc e th

NOTEGrab rails is available in more lenghts on request

STRAIGHT GRAB RAIL SET 615 MM - STRAIGHT END - 14.7503

STRAIGHT GRAB RAIL SET 859 MM - BEND END - 14.7503

BARRIER FREE

2010.0103

2010.0104

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSen ht

cc e th

280

Page 283: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

d line toilet grab rail Ø32 mm AISI 316 satin stainless steel. Toilet roll holder can be ordered seperately.

d line hinged cantilever grab rail with support legs, Floor height 685 mm, BS, satin stainless steel AISI 316

d line hinged cantilever grab rail with support legs, Floor height 850 mm, DIN, satin stainless steel AISI 316

2010

D LINE TOILET GRAB RAIL - 14.7502

D LINE HINGED CANTILEVER GRAB RAIL 680 - 14.7502

NOTEUpgrade kits such as toilet roll holder, arm pad etc. are available for the hinged support rails.

Screws for mounting are NOT included

2010.0105

2010.0106

BARRIER FREE

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSen ht ei ht ac late

D LINE HINGED CANTILEVER GRAB RAIL 850 - 14.75022010.0107

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSen ht ei ht ac late

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSen ht ei ht ac late

Page 284: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 285: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

DISPENSERS & BINS

Page 286: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Wastebin - cubic body made of high-quality stainless steel with recessed wall mount. Wall mount 15 mm deep, Waste bin for used paper hand towels. Invisible, integrated bag holder. For mounting on wall. Aperture made of high-quality polyamide in the HEWI colours 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white)

Hygiene wastebin with cubical body with recessed wall base panel. Used as container for hygiene waste. Cover with hinged lid. For wall mounting. Bin and cover made of high-quality stainless steel- opening made of high-quality polyamide. Opening in HEWI colour 92 (anthracite grey) or opening in HEWI colour 99 (pure white)

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

2011MATERIAL

Stainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth

i ht e th

CAPACITYApprox 25 L

APERTURE hite

nthracite re

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version

HEWI WASTEPAPER BIN - 805.05.100

HEWI WASTEPAPER BIN WITH LID - 805.05.110

DISPENSERS & BINS

2011.0000X

2011.0001X

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth

i ht e th

CAPACITYApprox 25 L

APERTURE hite

nthracite re

HEWI HYGIENE WASTE BIN - 805.05.2002011.0002X

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth

i ht e th

CAPACITYApprox 6 L

APERTURE hite

nthracite re

284

Page 287: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Hygiene combination with cubical body with recessed wall base panel. Used as container for hygiene waste with integrated opening for a pack of hygiene bags. Invisible, integrated bag holder and cov-er with hinged lid. For wall mounting. Bin and cover made of high-quality stainless steel, with satin s r ace finish. enin ade o hi h alit ol a ide in colo r anthracite re or colour 99 (pure white)

Soap dispenser with cubic body made of high-quality stainless steel with recessed wall mount, wall o nt dee to e filled ith standard li id soa . nner container or ree fillin side le el

indicator and with locking system to protect against misuse. Lever and functional closure made of high-quality polyamide in HEWI colours 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white).he sensor soa dis enser is ith atter chan e indicator. atteries a .

batteries) not included

2011

HEWI HYGIENE COMBINATION -. 805.05.210

HEWI SOAP DISPENSER - 805.06.100

NOTEScrews for mounting are NOT included

Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version

2011.0003X

2011.0004X

DISPENSERS & BINS

MANUFACTURERHEWI Gmbh

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

HEWI SENSORIC SOAP DISPENSER - 805.06.1152011.0005X

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

CAPACITYApprox 6 L

APERTURE hite nthracite re

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

CAPACITY600 ml

APERTURE hite nthracite re

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

CAPACITY1000 ml

APERTURE hite nthracite re

Page 288: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Foam soap dispenser with cubic body with recessed wall mount 10 mm deep. Used to hold standard oa soa . ith internal container or ree fillin internal container can e re o ed or cleanin .

Side level indicator, with locking system to protect against misuse. Made of high-quality stainless steel ith satin s r ace finish. e er and nctional end ade o hi h alit ol a ide in the colours 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white) The sensor foam dispenser is with batteri change indicator. atteries i non . atteries not incl ded.

isin ectant dis enser hal o en od ade o hi h alit stainless steel satin s r ace finish. or dispensing controlled quantities of alcohol-based hand disinfectants, with long lever. Metered quanti-ty with multiple settings, dispensing pump made of stainless steel. Dispenser and pump dishwasher sa e and can e a tocla a le to ar. ncl. l e t container or ree re fillinDischarge cover in HEWI colour 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white)

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

2011

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version

HEWI FOAMED SOAP DISPENSER - 805.06.150

HEWI SENSORIC FOAMED SOAP DISPENSER - 805.06.155

DISPENSERS & BINS

2011.0006X

2011.0007X

HEWI DISINFECTANT DISPENSER - 805.06.3502011.0008X

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth

i ht e th

CAPACITY1000 ml

APERTURE hite

nthracite re

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth

i ht e th

CAPACITY1000 ml

APERTURE hite

nthracite re

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

CAPACITY500 ml bottles

APERTURE hite

nthracite re

286

Page 289: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Paper towel dispenser with cubical body with recessed wall base panel. Holds standard paper towels ith old ith idth to and olded len th de th o . or all o ntin . in

and co er ade o hi h alit stainless steel ith satin s r ace finish. enin ade o hi h alit polyamide in HEWI colour 92 (anthracite grey) or HEWI colour 99 (pure white).

Sensoric toilet roll holder in stainless steel with cubic body with recessed wall mount 15 mm deep. Used to hold standard toilet rolls with outer feed, max. roll width 210 mm, max. roll ø 200 mm, tube ø 38 mm. Side level indicator and easy toilet roll change. With battery change indicator. Non-contact a er dis ensin and ad sta le a er len th or . nte rated tear o ed e. ith

locking system to protect against misuse. Maintenance-free. Opening made of high-quality polyamide in the colo rs anthracite re or re hite . atteries ono . batteries) not included. Can be converted to mains connection 950.06.E01

2011

HEWI PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - 805.06.500

HEWI SENSORIC TOILET ROLL DISPENSER

NOTE

Substitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version

2011.0009X

2011.0010X

DISPENSERS & BINS

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

HEWI HYGIENE BAG DISPENSER - 805.06.7002011.0011

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

CAPACITYApprox 300-450 paper towels

APERTURE hite nthracite re

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

CAPACITY600 ml

APERTURE hite nthracite re

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

Page 290: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

d line oa dis enser or all o nt ith concealed fi in satin stainless steel. tton or li id soa li id disin ectant and a lac tton incl ded. d line oa dis enser ith concealed � -ing for foam soap, AISI 316 satin stainless steel. Button for foam soap and a black button included.

d line wall mounted paper towel dispenser AISI 316 satin stainless steel. With or without lid

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

2011

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version

D LINE SOAP DISPENSER - 14.7045

D LINE SOAP DISPENSER 2 X 350 ML - 14.7045

DISPENSERS & BINS

2011.0100X

2011.0001

D LINE PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - 14.70802011.0002X

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 85 mm

i ht e th

CAPACITY350 ml

VERSION oa isin ectant

oa

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

CAPACITY2 x 350 ml

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

VERSION itho t lid

ith lid

288

Page 291: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

d line wall mounted tissue dispenser in AISI 316 satin stainless steel.

d line wall mounted sanitary bag dispenser in AISI 316 satin stainless steel.

d line wall mounted toilet seat cover dispenser in AISI 316 satin stainless steel.

2011

D LINE TISSUE DISPENSER - 14.7091

D LINE SANITARY BAG DISPENSER - 14.7095

NOTE

2011.0103

2011.0104

DISPENSERS & BINS

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

D LINE TOILET SEAT DISPENSER - 14.70922011.0105

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

Page 292: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

d line Wall mounted sensor controlled hand dryer in AISI 316 satin stainless steel - 1600 W

d line Round maxi toilet roll holder in small Ø 212 mm or large Ø308 mm with steel front AISI 316 satin stainless steel

d line Round maxi toilet roll holder in small Ø 212 mm or large Ø308 mm with green acrylic front AISI 316 satin stainless steel

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

2011

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version

D LINE SENSOR CONTROLLED HAND DRYER - 14.7082

D LINE MAXI TOILET ROLL HOLDER, STEEL FRONT - 14.7086

DISPENSERS & BINS

2011.0106

2011.0107X

D LINE MAXI TOILET ROLL HOLDER, ACRYLIC FRONT - 14.70872011.0108X

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth

i ht e th

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSe th

VERSION all ar e

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

Front in Green acrylic

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSe th

VERSION all ar e

290

Page 293: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

d line wall mounted waste paper bin with oval or round opening AISI 316 satin stainless steel

Large waste bin for wall mounting, with or without lid, satin stainless steel AISI 316

XL waste bin for wall mounting, with lid with oblong hole, satin stainless steel AISI 316

2011

D LINE SMALL WASTE BIN - 14.7097

D LINE LARGE WASTE BIN - 14.7085

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired version

2011.0109X

2011.0110X

DISPENSERS & BINS

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

D LINE EXTRA LARGE WASTE BIN - 14.70852011.0111

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

CAPACITY15 L

VERSION o nd o enin al o enin

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

CAPACITY20 L

VERSION ith lid itho t lid

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

CAPACITY40 L

Page 294: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

d line has an a ard innin sanitar anel s ste a hi hl e i le od lar s ste that is in-tended or all recessin t also can e o nted as a all o nted s ste . e to the e i ilit and the variety of applications the system is ideal for use in commercial, industrial and residential environments.

d line recessed sanitary panel, 8 module HDK, Paper towel dispenser, double soap dispenser and s all aste in ith a satin stainless steel

d line recessed sanitar anel od le a er to el dis enser and s all aste in ith a satin stainless steel AISI 316

d line recessed sanitar anel od le a er to el dis enser and lar e aste in ith a satin stainless steel AISI 316

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

2012

NOTEOther combinations are available on request

D LINE SANITARY SYSTEM - HDK - PAPER, SOAP, WASTE BIN

D LINE SANITARY SYSTEM - HK - PAPER, WASTE BIN

SANITARY PANELS

2012.0100

2012.0101

D LINE SANITARY SYSTEM - HL - PAPER, WASTE BIN2012.0102

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht

e th

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

Front in Green acrylic

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht

e th

292

Page 295: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Recessed sanitary panel, 10 module HJZ, Paper dispenser, handdryer and XXL waste bin, satin stain-less steel AISI 316

d line recessed sanitary panel, 8 module HJR, Paper towel dispenser, sensor controlled hand dryer and waste bin with oval front opening, satin stainless steel AISI 316

d line recessed sanitary panel, 10 module HIL, Paper dispenser, large sensor controlled hand dryer and large waste bin, satin stainless steel AISI 316

2012

D LINE SANITARY SYSTEM - HJZ - PAPER, DRYER, XXL WASTE BIN

D LINE SANITARY SYSTEM - HJR - PAPER, DRYER, WASTE BIN

NOTEOther combinations are available on request

2012.0103

2012.0104

SANITARY PANELS

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

D LINE SANITARY SYSTEM - HIL - PAPER, LARGE DRYER, WASTE BIN2012.0104

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

Page 296: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 297: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

ACCESSORIES

Page 298: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Toilet roll holder in AISI stainless steel Ø 14 x 145 mm, with bracket in either satin stainless steel, ead lasted stainless steel hite rilsan or lac rilsan. ith concealed fi in . id is o tional.

Spare toilet roll holder in AISI stainless steel Ø 14 x 160 mm with snap on cover rose ø50 mm

Toilet brush set in AISI stainless steel Ø 14 mm, stainless steel handle and grey brush. With black polyamide lid.

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

2013

NOTE

D LINE TOILET ROLL HOLDER - 14.7055

D LINE SPARE TOILET ROLL HOLDER - 14.7062

D LINE ACCESSORIES

2013.0100X

2013.0101

D LINE TOILET BRUSH SET - 14.70612013.0102

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 14 mm

en ht

BRACKET atin steel

ead lasted hite ilsan re ilsan

tainless steel lid

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 14 mm

i ht ose

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 14 mm

andle len ht ontainer hei ht

296

Page 299: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Soap dish, satin stainless steel AISI 316 with stainless steel, white or grey dish.

Glass holder in AISI 316 satin stainless steel, with frosted glass.

Bathroom box set with toilet brush set, toilet roll holder, spare roll holder and 2 hooks with pin.

2013

D LINE SOAD DISH - 14.7034

D LINE GLASS HOLDER INCL. FROSTED GLASS - 14.7042

NOTEOther combinations are available on request

2013.0103X

2013.0104

D LINE ACCESSORIES

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

D LINE BATHROOM BOX SET - 14.70602013.0105

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 14 mm

idth e th

SHELF tainless steel hite ilsan re ilsan

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 14 mm

idth en ht

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

INCLUDESToilet brush setToilet roll holder, satin bracketSpare roll holder2 x hook with pin

Page 300: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

o el rail in di erent len ths.

o el rail in di erent len ths.

Shower door set in either ø 14 mm or ø 19 mm. Incl. door stop

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

2013

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version

D LINE TOWEL RAIL Ø 14 MM - 14.7050

D LINE TOWEL RAIL Ø 19 MM - 14.7052

D LINE ACCESSORIES

2013.0106X

2013.0107X

SHOWER DOOR SET Ø 14 MM OR Ø 19 MM - 14.7050/14.70522013.0108X

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 14 mm

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 19 mm

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONS

298

Page 301: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Ø 14 mm hook with pin on rose, satin stainless steel AISI 316.

Ø 14 mm hook with slith, satin stainless steel AISI 316

Ø 14 mm hook with head Ø25 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316

2013

D LINE HOOK WITH PIN - 14.5605

D LINE HOOK WITH SLITH - 14.5610

NOTE

2013.0109

2013.0110

D LINE ACCESSORIES

MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

D LINE HOOK WITH HEAD - 14.56052013.0111

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 14 mmen ht ose

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 14 mmen ht

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

INCLUDESØ 14 mmHead Ø 25 mmen ht

Page 302: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Round pictogram in satin stainlees steel AISI 316 or green acrylic, Ø76 mm, Adhesive

Square pictogram, 86 x 86 mm, satin stainless steel AISI 316 MANUFACTURERd line as

COUNTRY OF ORIGINDenmark

WARRENTY20 years

2013

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version

D LINE PICTOGRAM ROUND Ø76 MM STEEL OR ACRYLIC - 14.3797

D LINE TOWEL RAIL Ø 14 MM - 14.7052

D LINE ACCESSORIES

2013.0112X

2013.0113X

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

Green Acrylic

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 76 mm

VERSION ale teel

e ail teel nise teel ale cr lic

e ale cr lic nise cr lic

MATERIALStainless steel AISI 316

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONS86 x 86 mm

VERSION ale

e ale nise

300

Page 303: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

HEWI right-angled U-shaped toilet roll holder in stainless steel, hinged, for wall mounting, concealed fi in . ncl din non corrosi e fi in aterial.

s are toilet roll holder in stainless steel c lindrical or all o ntin concealed fi in incl d-in non corrosi e fi in aterial.

HEWI Toilet brush unit consisting of holder and brush in satin stainless steel, easily replaceable brush head a onet fi in . lac inner container is re o a le or cleanin or all o ntin concealed fi in . ncl din non corrosi e fi in aterial

2013

HEWI TOILET ROLL HOLDER - 162.21.100XA

HEWI SPARE ROLL HOLDER - 162.21.300XA

NOTEOther combinations are available on request

2013.0000

2013.0001

HEWI ACCESSORIES CYLINDRICAL

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

HEWI TOILET BRUSH UNIT - 162.20.100XA2013.0002

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 15 mmen ht i ht

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 15 mmen ht

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

INCLUDESidth i ht e th

Page 304: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Soap dispenser with cylindrical holder. Holder made of stainless steel, satin surface. With protective oil on the inside or a sec re defined osition and to rotect the lass insert ro da a e.oa dis enser ade o hi h alit satin finished cr stal lass ith ade o stainless steel

satin. or all o ntin concealed fi in incl din non corrosi e fi in aterials.

Tumbler with cylindrical holder. Holder made of metal, high-quality chrome-plated and with protec-ti e oil on the inside or a sec re defined osition and to rotect the lass insert ro da a e.

lindrical t ler ade o hi h alit satin finish cr stal lass eas to clean. or all o ntin concealed fi in incl din non corrosi e fi in aterials.

oo c lindrical or all o ntin concealed fi in incl din non corrosi e fi in aterial. Made of metal, high-quality chrome-plating

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

2013

NOTE

HEWI SOAP DISPENSER WITH HOLDER - 162.06.1105XA

TUMBLER WITH HOLDER - 162.04.110540

HEWI ACCESSORIES CYLINDRICAL

2013.0003

2013.0004

HEWI HOOK - 162.90.010402013.0005

MATERIALStainless steel and glass

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 70 mm

i ht e th

CAPACITYApprox. 200 ml

MATERIALStainless steel and glass

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 71 mm

i ht e th

MATERIALStainless steel and glass

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 15 mm

en th

302

Page 305: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

o el rail ade o itred circ lar t e or all o ntin concealed fi in . ade o hi h alit stainless steel incl din non corrosi e fi in aterial.

Towel holder with two vertically positioned cylindrical arms, each bar pivots sideways independently o the other ar. ade o hi h alit stainless steel incl din non corrosi e fi in aterial.

Shelf - consisting of two holding elements and glass shelf. Holder made of high-quality stainless steel shel ade o lass nderside satin finished. or all o ntin concealed fi in . ncl d-

in non corrosi e fi in aterial.

2013

HEWI BATH TOWEL RAIL - 162.30.200XA

HEWI TOWEL RAIL - 162.09.100XA

NOTE

2013.0006

2013.0007

HEWI ACCESSORIES CYLINDRICAL

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

HEWI SHELF - 162.03.1005XA2013.0008

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 18 mmen ht e th

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSØ 15 mmen ht e th

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

INCLUDESHolders Ø18 mmGlass 4 mm

idth e th

Page 306: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Toilet roll holder, cubic body made of high-quality stainless steel with recessed wall mount 10 mm - for one toilet roll. Integrated roll brake and side level indicator. With locking system to protect against misuse. Functional closure made of high-quality polyamide in the HEWI colours 92 (anthra-cite grey) or 99 (pure white)

Toilet roll holder right-angled U-shaped holder with recessed wall base panel. Fixed wall-mounting. ade o hi h alit stainless steel stri thic ith satin s r ace finish

Soap dish, cubic body made of high-quality stainless steel with recessed wall mount 10 mm deep.Dish surface with raised centre, Dish made of high-quality polyamide in the HEWI colours 92 (an-thracite grey) or 99 (pure white)

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

2013

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version

HEWI TOILET ROLL HOLDER - 805.21.400

HEWI TOILET ROLL HOLDER - 805.21.500

HEWI ACCESSORIES CUBIC

2013.0009X

2013.0010

HEWI SOAP DISH - 805.02.1002013.0011

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

VERSION hite

nthratice re

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth e th

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th Dish 64 mm

VERSION hite

nthratice re

304

Page 307: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

GENERAL INFORMATION

FACTS

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Tumbler, cubic basic body made of high-quality stainless steel with set-back wall base, satin surfaceInsert made of high-quality polyamide in HEWI colours 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white)

ler ade o clear acr lic. ncl din non corrosi e fi in aterials.

Cubical Shelf made of all-round 4 mm stainless steel strip with cubical and indented wall base. Shelf made of acrylic glass with back painted in HEWI colour 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white)or all o ntin . ncl. non corrosi e fi in aterials

Double hand towel rail made of all-round stainless steel 4 mm strip with cubical radii and indented all ase. i id desi n or all o ntin . ncl din non corrosi e fi in aterials

2013

HEWI TUMBLER WITH HOLDER - 805.04.110

HEWI SHELF - 805.03.10092

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the

letter of the desired version

2013.0012X

2013.0013X

HEWI ACCESSORIES CUBIC

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

HEWI TOWEL RAIL- 805.09.1102013.0014

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth

en ht e th

VERSION hite nthratice re

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

VERSION hite nthratice re

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSen th idth

Page 308: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

FACTSGENERAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

gbm-solutions.com

Toilet brush unit cubic body made of high-quality stainless steel with recessed wall mount 10 mm. Insert conical shaped and removable for cleaning and with inner reservoir for disinfectant. Brush handle ade o stainless steel a onet fi in a es r sh head eas to re lace. nsert ade o high-quality polyamide in the HEWI colours 92 (anthracite grey) or 99 (pure white)

Right-angled bent hook with cubical recessed wall base panel. Wall mount 10 mm deep. Made of hi h alit stainless steel stri thic satin s r ace incl din non corrosi e fi in materials

Symbol, stainless steel, self-adhesive back.

MANUFACTURERHEWI GmbH

COUNTRY OF ORIGINGermany

WARRENTY10 years

2013

NOTESubstitute the X in the item number with the letter of the desired version

HEWI TOILET ROLL HOLDER - 805.21.400

SINGLE COAT HOOK - 805.90.100

HEWI ACCESSORIES CUBIC

2013.0015X

2013.0016

HEWI SYMBOL, - 710XA.150.12013.0017X

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

VERSION hite

nthratice re

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht e th

VERSION hite

nthratice re

MATERIALStainless steel

FINISHSatin

DIMENSIONSidth i ht hic

VERSION ale

e ale

306

Page 309: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 310: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 311: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

310 SUPPLIER312 PRODUCT RANGE

5 INTEGRAL

Page 312: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

Health in FocusColors from Zobel are particularly suitable for use in health sensitive areas such as schools, kindergartens, hotels and hos itals. eca se definitel re ainin nder the hea metal threshold values as per EN 71-3 (safety of toys) and resistance to detergents and disinfectants as per VdL Direc-tive 12 demonstrates responsible thinking.

S taina le il in ith p o ct o elSustainable thinking and action in terms of the environ-ment is a tradition at Zobel. The products are »green«, be-cause through consistent specialization in high-quality, wa-ter-based paints, the production of any solvent-based paints stopped over 20 years ago.

In conjunction with the goal of the avoidance of hazard-ous substances with regard to raw materials, the products easily comply with the requirements of Decopaint Directive

. ecent eas re ents o the i t osenhei (Institute for Window Engineering) « demonstrate that the coatings are already suitable today to meet tomorrow’s in-door air quality requirements. Sustainable thinking, which is confir ed the en iron ental ana e ent s ste ac-cording to DIN EN ISO 14001.

THE SUPPLIER

ZOBEL

With headquarters in the heart of Germany, ZOBEL develops, produces and sells premium coatings and glazes for sub-strates s ch as ood fi er lass and al in . he target group ranges from the classical window and door MAN-UFACTURER to the industrial contract painter and substrate producer. Both international and national distributors and processors trust in ZOBEL in more than 50 countries across the globe.

A company that wishes to develop dynamically and constant-ly improve its competitive position must avoid the beaten path. It must take on the challenges of the market, attune itself to them and discover trends before others do. In this sense, Zobel Chemie has always been one of the pioneers in the market of water-soluble coating systems.

When it comes to the evaluation of paints and glazes, the first i ression is cr cial. eca se the alit o the s r ace of building components is the calling card of any innovative coating system. In addition to these demands on the prod-ucts, Zobel formulates a broader spectrum in addition to the many technical requirements.

Quality assuranceProduct safety does not come from just anywhere. This is demonstrated by Zobels DIN EN ISO 9001 Quality Manage-ment System inspected, high-quality paint raw materials at the state-of-the-art level, and systemically tested proce-dures and continuous batch tracking of raw materials and products.

ONLY THE BEST WILL DO

310

Page 313: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

INTEGRAL

Page 314: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

PRODUCTS

PROTECZOBEL PRODUCT LINES

Zobel has an extensive product portfolio to cover any build-ing or any material.

Protec

Water-based coatings for dimensionally stable wooden building components – windows, doors .

Deco-tec

Water-based coatings for not dimensionally stable wooden building components in- and outdoors.

o o pla t®

Water-based coatings for PVC and substrates such as alu-in and fi er lass in and o tdoors

ZOBEL ANTI-HEAT

s an o tion a l in to all rod ct lines Temperature-limited color tones for cool surfaces

The water-based Protec products reliably ensure the nec-essary protection of the natural product wood from UV and moisture stress and preserve the natural wood grain. Through its high transparency Protec emphasizes the natural look of the substrate. And for those to whom nature is too natural, with the extensive palette of paints and glazes there are no limits when it comes to bringing more color into play. Inconjunction with Zobels goal of the avoidance of hazardous substances with regard to raw materials, the Protec products easily comply with the requirements of Decopaint Directive

. rotec is or the di ensionall sta le ooden building components in top form

ZOBEL Impregnations and Primers

• optimized formulas with respect to suspension proper-ties of the pigments

• e cellent o . ni or colorin re ents c erso etouch-up work

• very little roughening and thus only minimal sanding

ZOBEL Intermediate Coats

• product solutions for every productionprocess

• excellent interplay of insulating primers and intermedi-ate coats or e cient ins lation o ood constit entsparticularly also for larch

PRODUCT LINES

312

Page 315: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

esistance has a na e eco tec s ste desi ns or ro-tecting non-accurate wooden building components outdoors.

Such non-accurate wooden building components as facades, carports, shutters, fences etc. are often exposed to intense climatic conditions. Moisture absorption and release is asso-ciated with marked changes in dimension and makes high de ands on the e i ilit and reatha ilit o coatin s s-tems. At the same time, direct weathering demands appro-priate UV protection.

ith the eco tec rod ct ran e o el o ers decorati e s ste desi ns that are ai ed s ecificall at s ch e tre e stress.

eco tec coatin an la e

• environmentally-friendly, water-based

• single-component formula for easy processing

• er ea le the ood can reath res ltin in icregulation of the wood’s moisture

• water repellent

• highly elastic, adapts to all of the wood’s shrinking andswelling movements

• e tre el eather resistant lastin rotection orglazed color tones of up to 7 years, opaque color tonesup to 12 years

ZOBEL Top Coats

• rilliant s r ace finish

• aterial sa in ossi le d e to ood o e en at loet fil thic ness

• extreme weather tolerance, early blocking stabilityand water-resistance thanks to self-integrating topcoats

• high elasticity for heavy mechanical loading, e.g. hail

• extremely scratch resistant coating with apolyurethane base for front doors

• exceptional durability thanks to ZOBEL ANTI-HEAT

DECO-TEC

3010

Page 316: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

h s e traordinar ideas eco e realit o o last the innovative, water-based 1C-PUR synthetic coating by Zobel creates the basis.

With Zowo-plast® the coloring of PVC building compo-nents and an other s strates is easier and ore e i le.

hether o are or in ith indo rofiles or e tensi e façade elements - the water-based, 1C-PUR coating system guarantees trouble-free processing with excellent surface quality. In addition, Zowo-plast® is available in all desired color tones. his eans sol te color ariet not onl for PVC windows and doors. By meeting the AAMA 615-05, probably the world’s toughest performance requirement for paints for PVC coating, the premium product Zowo-plast® can stifia l e called a erior er or in oatin .Zobel has an extensive product portfolio to cover any build-ing or any material.

o o pla t® o e

• coating of hanging and lying objects- a lica le to oth rofiles and indo s

• high layer build-up in one step

• just one base coat for every color tone

• one product for all kinds of applications(handicraft to industrial

• completely water-based system including cleanerno brittleness caused by solvents, no hazardoussubstances

• lo istic enefits

• treme climate zones, including Australia, Mexico, theMiddle East, Siberia, USA

• easy to clean

• can be easily painted over

• ZOBEL ANTI-HEAT for dimensionally stable buildingcomponents

• cost and e i ilit enefits co ared to alternati ecoloring methods

• tested safety

ZOWO-PLAST

314

Page 317: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

ZOBEL SUPER ANTI-HEAT

• paves the way for deep black color tones

• limits the heating once moreonl aro nd te erat re di erence et een dar color tones and hite ncoated rofiles

For further information on the extensive and vast product ro ra and the enefits the co ld ha e on o r siness e indl as o to contact o r local ol tions o ce.

Coatings for cool surfaces and more durability – to preserve value and protect the environment.

he ini te erat re char in o s �-berglass, aluminum and wood coatings will convince you. Achieve cool surfaces on the entire range of building com-ponents.

o enefit

• more protection for the component by up to30 °C lower surface heating

• dark color shades can also be realized without hesitation

• higher dimensional stability – less risk of crack forma-tion or warping

• less resin o

• higher longevity and sustainability of component andcoating

• pleasant room atmosphere with lower cooling require-ments

ZOBEL ANTI-HEAT

3010

Page 318: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 319: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

319 GBM SOLUTIONS OFFICES320 GENERAL TERMS & CONDITIONS

6 GENERAL INFORMATION

Page 320: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014
Page 321: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

pliers and we can do for you and your business - you are elco e to contact one o o r orld ide o ces or rther

information or visit our website www.gbm-solutions.com.

MIDDLE EAST & AFRICAGBM Solutions LLC.U-Bora Tower 2, Business Bay6th Floor – Unit 607, P.O Box. 117211Dubai United Arab Emirateshone a

[email protected]

ASIAGBM Solutions

t. oni e alaisBinangonan, RizalPhilippines 1940hone

[email protected]

GBM OFFICES

At GBM Solutions we are there for you at any stage in your building project.

For dedicated expert assistance and service - or just to pro-vide you with more information on what our competent sup-

GBM SOLUTIONS OFFICES

HEAD OFFICEGBM SolutionsØrestads Boluevard 732300 København SDenmarkhone a

[email protected]

EUROPEGBM SolutionsWesterallee 16224941 FlensburgGermanyhone a

[email protected]

MORE INFORMATION

Page 322: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

they are binding.2.The delivery period will be extended as appropriate in cases of Acts of God, ind strial nrest ci il co otion o cial eas res ail re o r s liers to make deliveries and other unforeseeable, unavoidable and serious events for the duration of the disruption. The vendor is obliged as far as possible to supply the required information immediately and to adapt its obligations to the altered situation in good faith.3.Partial deliveries are permitted to a reasonable extent and if this seems advan-tageous for rapid handling. 4.Risk transfers to the vendor when the vendor supplies the goods at the agreed place of delivery.5.Exceeding certain delivery periods and dates will not release the purchaser, who

a cancel the a ree ent or de and da a es or non l�l ent ro settin an appropriate, extension period, usually 14 days, for supplying the service and declaring that it will decline the service after the extension period has expired. If the vendor is only responsible for minor negligence, damages will be limited to the extra expense incurred for emergency purchases or replacement goods.

V. Notice of Defects, Warranty and Guarantee1.Except in cases of assured characteristics or culpable breach of essential con-tractual obligations, we are liable for defective deliveries excluding further clai s as ollo s

a.Statutory guarantee periods apply to all goods at the moment ofthe transfer of risk. Where the goods are used commercially or professionally, the guarantee period will be 12 months. If improve-ments or replacement deliveries are made under the terms of the warranty, this will not trigger a new guarantee period.b.The warranty for used goods will be 12 months as from the tran-sfer of risk if these are used privately. The warranty will not apply to goods used commercially or professionally.

2.Immediately after delivery, the purchaser is required to examine the goods for defects, their inherent nature and assured characteristics. Obvious defects are to e notified to the endor in ritin ithin calendar da s other ise the goods will be deemed to have been accepted unless we or our agents are guilty of malice. The deadline begins on arrival of the goods at the purchaser’s premises.3.In the case of reciprocal transactions between merchants, Sections 377 and

o the er an o ercial ode re ain na ected.4.

the rchaser finds de ects in the oods it a not ain control o the i.e. they may not be divided, resold or reprocessed until the parties agree on how the claim is to be handled or until proceedings to preserve the evidence have been carried out by an expert appointed by the Trades Chamber or the Chamber of Industry and Commerce at the headquarters of the vendor.5.rans ort da a e is to e notified to the endor i ediatel . he rchaser

is required to take care of the necessary formalities with the carrier. If there are any breakages, waste etc. to an extent usual in the trade, these may not be objected to.6.

here o ections are sti�ed the endor a at its o tion re air de ecti e goods or supply replacements. Several attempts at repair are permitted.7.If repairs are carried out, the vendor is obliged to bear all repair costs, in par-ticular costs of transport, infrastructure, labour and materials provided these do not increase due to the item purchased having been taken to another place than the lace o l�l ent. 8.If the vendor lets a reasonable deadline expire without repairing the defector supplying replacement goods, if it is unable to carry out repairs or supply replacement goods, if repairs fail or if repair or replacement is declined by the purchaser, the purchaser will only be entitled to cancel the agreement or de-mand a price-reduction to the exclusion of all other rights provided it is not an end-customer.

I. GeneralThe following conditions apply to all agreements and deliveries unless amended with the express permission of the vendor. Deviating general conditions of the purchaser apply only if we expressly agree to them.

e an Scope o eli e1.

ers the endor are s ect to chan e. he doc ents relatin to the o -fer, such as illustrations, drawings, information on weights and measures, are approximate only unless expressly referred to as binding. If the vendor supplies the purchaser with illustrations or technical documentation on the goods to be delivered, these will remain the property of the vendor.2.he order si ned the rchaser is a indin o er. he sales contract ill e concl ded hen the endor confir s acce tance o the order descri in the

goods in more detail within two weeks or has delivered the item purchased. However, the vendor is obliged to inform the customer of any refusal to accept the order immediately after clarifying availability.3.Assurance of characteristics, ancillary arrangements and alterations should be confir ed in ritin the endor. 4.We reserve the right to alter construction and shape of the item supplied provid-ed it is not materially altered, the intended use is not restricted and the altera-tions are reasonable for the purchaser.5.If, through no fault of its own, the vendor becomes aware of facts after the agreement has been concluded that cause it to have reasonable doubts about the purchaser’s creditworthiness, the vendor will be entitled to demand appropriate security. If the purchaser fails to provide such security within a reasonable peri-od, the vendor will be entitled to cancel the agreement.

III. Prices, Payment Conditions1.Invoices are due for payment immediately and without deduction.2.Payment by bill is only permitted by special arrangement. Bills and cheques will only be accepted as payment, not instead of payment. In the case of a cheque or bill protest, the vendor may demand payment in cash against immediate return of the cheque or the bill of exchange.3.If in the case of agreements with an agreed delivery period of more than four months material cost-increases relating to the item purchased have occurred which, in the view of the vendor, make the relationship between the goods and their cost appear inappropriate, the vendor will be entitled to request renewed negotiations on the purchase price.4.In transactions with merchants, net prices (ex works) are to be assumed plus the applicable value added tax. Measurements and dimensions at the loading point will be binding for calculating the price.5.Unless otherwise agreed, prices exclude packaging, freight or transport insur-ance.6.If the purchaser falls into arrears of payment, the vendor is entitled to charge interest on arrears o o er the ase rate l s an other da a es or arrears unless the vendor can prove a greater burden of a higher interest rate or the vendor can prove a lower interest burden. Interest is payable immediately.7.he rchaser a onl o set acco nts i its co nter clai s ha e een esta -

lished in law, are undisputed or have been acknowledged by the vendor. It is also entitled exercise its right of retention if its counter-claim is based on the same contractual relationship. 8.Deviating from Sections 366 and 367 of the German Civil Code, payments by the

rchaser ill e credited to the oldest acco nt recei a le first.9.

the rchaser ails to lfil its a ent o li ations the endor ill e entitled to declare the entire remaining debt due. The vendor will also be entitled to demand advance payment or security for deliveries already made and for all supplies of goods and services or parts thereof.10.The vendor is entitled to assign the claims arising from our business relationship.

eli e e io1.Delivery dates and periods are deemed to have been agreed to as being only approximate unless the vendor has expressly given a written assurance that

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND PAYMENT

320

Page 323: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

9.The guarantee does not extend to damage caused as a result of normal use, defective installation or construction work, defective commissioning (unless we are obliged to carry this out), defective or neglectful treatment or maintenance, improper treatment, failure to observe installation or operation instructions or the relevant standards. In particular, the warranty does not extend to parts subject to wear and tear. Parts subject to wear and tear are all revolving parts, driving parts and tools. The warranty claims will also expire when repair work is performed by the customer or a third party without our permission.10.If the purchaser gives us no opportunity or no appropriate period to see the defect for ourselves or, where appropriate, to carry out the necessary supple-mentary performance (repair or replacement), all damage claims will expire.11.Further claims, in particular due to the absence of assured characteristics or due to damage that did not occur to the item delivered itself, will, if legally permissible, not be accepted.

VI. Limitation of Liability1.The seller shall be liable for damage caused by wilful action, gross negligence and breach of material obligations of the contract, and in case of absence of warranted properties. Any further claims not expressly conceded in these con-ditions shall be excluded, but in any case limited to such damage foreseeable at the time of signing the contract and to the value of the delivered goods. We shall not be liable for any expenses incurred in connection with subsequent per-formance, unless they are appropriate in the individual case with respect to the

rchase al e o the oods ho e er ro ided that the do not e ceed of the goods value. Any further expenses, for instance, in connection with the installation and de- installation of defective goods, shall be borne by us only to the e tent s ecified in these ro isions.2.If the vendor’s liability is excluded or limited, this will also apply to the personal liability for its salaried employees, waged employees, legal representatives and agents. In cases of gross negligence by simple agents, the vendor will be liable for the repair of typical, foreseeable damage.3.his does not a ect the stat tor re ire ents o the on s o roo .

4.The provision does not apply to claims arising from the German Product Liability Act or to cases of incapability of impossibility.

VII. Retention of Title1.The vendor retains ownership to the item sold until all payments arising from the sales agreement have been received.2.If the reserved goods are processed by the purchaser to form a new, movable item, they will be processed for the vendor without the vendor incurring any obligations; the new item will become the property of the vendor. When being processed with goods not belonging to the vendor, the vendor will acquire joint ownership of the new item to the value of the reserved goods in relation to the other goods at the time of processing. If reserved goods are combined, mixed or blended with the goods belonging to the vendor pursuant to Sections 947 & 948 of the German Civil Code, the purchaser will become joint owner as pro-vided by law. If the purchaser acquires joint ownership through combination, mixing or blending, it immediately transfers joint ownership to the vendor to the value of the reserved goods in relation to the other goods at the time of combination, mixing or blending. In these cases the purchaser is required to store ree o char e the oods dee ed to e reser ed oods as defined the aforementioned provision and which belong to, or which are the joint property of the vendor.3.If reserved goods are sold alone or together with goods not belonging to the vendor, the purchaser immediately assigns to the vendor the claim arising from the resale to the value of the reserved goods with all ancillary rights and in order of priority from the other goods; the vendor accepts the assignment. The value o the reser ed oods is the a o nt o the endor s in oice l s a sec rit s rchar e ho e er this ill not incl ded i this con icts ith the ri hts o third parties. If the reserved goods are resold but remain the joint property of the vendor, the assignment of the claim extends to the amount equal to the vendor’s share of joint ownership.4.The purchaser is obliged to treat the goods purchased with care as long while they have not become the purchaser’s property. In particular, the purchaser is o li ed to s cientl ins re the oods a ainst da a e fire ater and the t for replacement value at its own risk. If repair and inspection work are required, the purchaser must carry this out at its own expense and in a timely manner.

5.While reserving right of cancellation, the vendor authorizes the purchaser to collect outstanding debts assigned to the vendor. The vendor will not make use o its o n ri ht to collect s ch de ts as lon as the rchaser lfils its a ent obligations, including to third parties. At the request of the vendor, the purchaser will be required to name the debtors of the assigned claim and to notify them of the assignment; the vendor is authorized to notify the debtors of the assignment itself. 6.The purchaser is required to inform the vendor immediately of any compulsory execution measures concerning the reserved goods or the assigned claims and provide the documentation required for an appeal.7.The right of resale, use or installation of the reserved goods and authority to collect the assigned claims expires on cessation of payment, application for the opening of insolvency proceedings or judicial or out-of-court settlements; in the case of a bill or cheque protest, authorization for direct debiting will also expire. This does not apply to the rights of the liquidator.8.he endor is entitled to de and a ro riate sec rit or the d e lfil ent

of the purchaser’s debts. If the value of this security exceeds the claims to be sec red ore than the endor ill at its o tion e entitled re assi n or release the goods.

VIII. Cancellation of the Agreement and Return of the Goods1.

the c sto er ails to acce t the oods itho t stification or i e ta e ac the goods at the customer’s request or if, in exercising our rights of retention of title e ill at o r o tion e entitled to de and a l s a ent o of the original price owed under the agreement or to apply it to a credit note instead of making a formal claim adjustment. The customer remains entitled to prove that no damage was caused or was only caused at a considerably lesser extent.

IX. Data Protection1.The purchaser is hereby informed that the vendor will process the personal data obtained in the course of the business relationship according to the provisions of the German Data Protection Act.

e al en e lace o lfil ent1.

nless other ise stated in the rchase a ree ent and or the order confir a-tion the endor s re istered o ces are the lace o lfil ent.2.If the purchaser is a merchant, a legal entity in German public law or a spe-cial fund in German public law, the legal venue for all legal disputes, including summary bill or cheque enforcement proceedings, the are vendor’s registered o ces. he endor is also entitled to instit te le al action here the c sto er s re istered o ces are located.3.This contractual relationship is subject solely to the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.

XI. Legal Validity1.Should individual provisions be or become legally invalid or should an omission occur in the agreement, the legal validity of the remainder of the agreement will not e a ected.

Page 324: GBM Solutions Catalogue 2014

www.gbm-solutions.com